summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/605-h
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authorRoger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org>2025-10-15 05:15:21 -0700
committerRoger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org>2025-10-15 05:15:21 -0700
commit12c92504b44cf4ecabf51d6de6ff8fd24ecf5b36 (patch)
tree55c3ae1942477075f1860d2b9fa7ce7388ad93d2 /605-h
initial commit of ebook 605HEADmain
Diffstat (limited to '605-h')
-rw-r--r--605-h/605-h.htm8826
-rw-r--r--605-h/images/cover.jpgbin0 -> 366715 bytes
2 files changed, 8826 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/605-h/605-h.htm b/605-h/605-h.htm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..03aa9a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/605-h/605-h.htm
@@ -0,0 +1,8826 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN"
+"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en" lang="en">
+<head>
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=utf-8" />
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css" />
+<title>The Project Gutenberg eBook of Pellucidar, by Edgar Rice Burroughs</title>
+<link rel="coverpage" href="images/cover.jpg" />
+<style type="text/css">
+
+body { margin-left: 20%;
+ margin-right: 20%;
+ text-align: justify; }
+
+h1, h2, h3, h4, h5 {text-align: center; font-style: normal; font-weight:
+normal; line-height: 1.5; margin-top: .5em; margin-bottom: .5em;}
+
+h1 {font-size: 300%;
+ margin-top: 0.6em;
+ margin-bottom: 0.6em;
+ letter-spacing: 0.12em;
+ word-spacing: 0.2em;
+ text-indent: 0em;}
+h2 {font-size: 150%; margin-top: 2em; margin-bottom: 1em;}
+h3 {font-size: 130%; margin-top: 1em;}
+h4 {font-size: 120%;}
+h5 {font-size: 110%;}
+
+.no-break {page-break-before: avoid;} /* for epubs */
+
+div.chapter {page-break-before: always; margin-top: 4em;}
+
+hr {width: 80%; margin-top: 2em; margin-bottom: 2em;}
+
+p {text-indent: 1em;
+ margin-top: 0.25em;
+ margin-bottom: 0.25em; }
+
+p.letter {text-indent: 0%;
+ margin-left: 10%;
+ margin-right: 10%;
+ margin-top: 1em;
+ margin-bottom: 1em; }
+
+div.fig { display:block;
+ margin:0 auto;
+ text-align:center;
+ margin-top: 1em;
+ margin-bottom: 1em;}
+
+a:link {color:blue; text-decoration:none}
+a:visited {color:blue; text-decoration:none}
+a:hover {color:red}
+
+</style>
+
+</head>
+
+<body>
+
+<div style='text-align:center; font-size:1.2em; font-weight:bold'>The Project Gutenberg eBook of Pellucidar, by Edgar Rice Burroughs</div>
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
+most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
+whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms
+of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online
+at <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a>. If you
+are not located in the United States, you will have to check the laws of the
+country where you are located before using this eBook.
+</div>
+<div style='display:block; margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em; margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em'>Title: Pellucidar</div>
+<div style='display:block; margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em; margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em'>Author: Edgar Rice Burroughs</div>
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>Release Date: July, 1996 [eBook #605]<br />
+[Most recently updated: July 16, 2023]</div>
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>Language: English</div>
+<div style='display:block; margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em'>Produced by: Judith Boss</div>
+<div style='margin-top:2em; margin-bottom:4em'>*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK PELLUCIDAR ***</div>
+
+<div class="fig" style="width:55%;">
+<img src="images/cover.jpg" style="width:100%;" alt="[Illustration]" />
+</div>
+
+<h1>PELLUCIDAR</h1>
+
+<h2 class="no-break">By Edgar Rice Burroughs</h2>
+
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<h2>Contents</h2>
+
+<table summary="" style="">
+
+<tr>
+<td> <a href="#chap00">PROLOGUE</a></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td> <a href="#chap01">CHAPTER I. LOST ON PELLUCIDAR</a></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td> <a href="#chap02">CHAPTER II. TRAVELING WITH TERROR</a></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td> <a href="#chap03">CHAPTER III. SHOOTING THE CHUTES—AND AFTER</a></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td> <a href="#chap04">CHAPTER IV. FRIENDSHIP AND TREACHERY</a></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td> <a href="#chap05">CHAPTER V. SURPRISES</a></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td> <a href="#chap06">CHAPTER VI. A PENDENT WORLD</a></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td> <a href="#chap07">CHAPTER VII. FROM PLIGHT TO PLIGHT</a></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td> <a href="#chap08">CHAPTER VIII. CAPTIVE</a></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td> <a href="#chap09">CHAPTER IX. HOOJA’S CUTTHROATS APPEAR</a></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td> <a href="#chap10">CHAPTER X. THE RAID ON THE CAVE-PRISON</a></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td> <a href="#chap11">CHAPTER XI. ESCAPE</a></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td> <a href="#chap12">CHAPTER XII. KIDNAPED!</a></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td> <a href="#chap13">CHAPTER XIII. RACING FOR LIFE</a></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td> <a href="#chap14">CHAPTER XIV. GORE AND DREAMS</a></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td> <a href="#chap15">CHAPTER XV. CONQUEST AND PEACE</a></td>
+</tr>
+
+</table>
+
+</div><!--end chapter-->
+
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<h2><a name="chap00"></a>
+PROLOGUE</h2>
+
+<p>
+Several years had elapsed since I had found the opportunity to do any big-game
+hunting; for at last I had my plans almost perfected for a return to my old
+stamping-grounds in northern Africa, where in other days I had had excellent
+sport in pursuit of the king of beasts.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The date of my departure had been set; I was to leave in two weeks. No
+schoolboy counting the lagging hours that must pass before the beginning of
+“long vacation” released him to the delirious joys of the summer camp could
+have been filled with greater impatience or keener anticipation.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+And then came a letter that started me for Africa twelve days ahead of my
+schedule.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Often am I in receipt of letters from strangers who have found something in a
+story of mine to commend or to condemn. My interest in this department of my
+correspondence is ever fresh. I opened this particular letter with all the zest
+of pleasurable anticipation with which I had opened so many others. The
+post-mark (Algiers) had aroused my interest and curiosity, especially at this
+time, since it was Algiers that was presently to witness the termination of my
+coming sea voyage in search of sport and adventure.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Before the reading of that letter was completed lions and lion-hunting had fled
+my thoughts, and I was in a state of excitement bordering upon frenzy.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It—well, read it yourself, and see if you, too, do not find food for frantic
+conjecture, for tantalizing doubts, and for a great hope.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Here it is:
+</p>
+
+<p>
+DEAR SIR: I think that I have run across one of the most remarkable
+coincidences in modern literature. But let me start at the beginning:
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I am, by profession, a wanderer upon the face of the earth. I have no trade—nor
+any other occupation.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+My father bequeathed me a competency; some remoter ancestors lust to roam. I
+have combined the two and invested them carefully and without extravagance.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I became interested in your story, At the Earth’s Core, not so much because of
+the probability of the tale as of a great and abiding wonder that people should
+be paid real money for writing such impossible trash. You will pardon my
+candor, but it is necessary that you understand my mental attitude toward this
+particular story—that you may credit that which follows.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Shortly thereafter I started for the Sahara in search of a rather rare species
+of antelope that is to be found only occasionally within a limited area at a
+certain season of the year. My chase led me far from the haunts of man.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It was a fruitless search, however, in so far as antelope is concerned; but one
+night as I lay courting sleep at the edge of a little cluster of date-palms
+that surround an ancient well in the midst of the arid, shifting sands, I
+suddenly became conscious of a strange sound coming apparently from the earth
+beneath my head.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It was an intermittent ticking!
+</p>
+
+<p>
+No reptile or insect with which I am familiar reproduces any such notes. I lay
+for an hour—listening intently.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+At last my curiosity got the better of me. I arose, lighted my lamp and
+commenced to investigate.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+My bedding lay upon a rug stretched directly upon the warm sand. The noise
+appeared to be coming from beneath the rug. I raised it, but found nothing—yet,
+at intervals, the sound continued.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I dug into the sand with the point of my hunting-knife. A few inches below the
+surface of the sand I encountered a solid substance that had the feel of wood
+beneath the sharp steel.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Excavating about it, I unearthed a small wooden box. From this receptacle
+issued the strange sound that I had heard.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+How had it come here?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+What did it contain?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In attempting to lift it from its burying place I discovered that it seemed to
+be held fast by means of a very small insulated cable running farther into the
+sand beneath it.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+My first impulse was to drag the thing loose by main strength; but fortunately
+I thought better of this and fell to examining the box. I soon saw that it was
+covered by a hinged lid, which was held closed by a simple screwhook and eye.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It took but a moment to loosen this and raise the cover, when, to my utter
+astonishment, I discovered an ordinary telegraph instrument clicking away
+within.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“What in the world,” thought I, “is this thing doing here?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+That it was a French military instrument was my first guess; but really there
+didn’t seem much likelihood that this was the correct explanation, when one
+took into account the loneliness and remoteness of the spot.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As I sat gazing at my remarkable find, which was ticking and clicking away
+there in the silence of the desert night, trying to convey some message which I
+was unable to interpret, my eyes fell upon a bit of paper lying in the bottom
+of the box beside the instrument. I picked it up and examined it. Upon it were
+written but two letters:
+</p>
+
+<p class="letter">
+D. I.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+They meant nothing to me then. I was baffled.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Once, in an interval of silence upon the part of the receiving instrument, I
+moved the sending-key up and down a few times. Instantly the receiving
+mechanism commenced to work frantically.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I tried to recall something of the Morse Code, with which I had played as a
+little boy—but time had obliterated it from my memory. I became almost frantic
+as I let my imagination run riot among the possibilities for which this
+clicking instrument might stand.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Some poor devil at the unknown other end might be in dire need of succor. The
+very franticness of the instrument’s wild clashing betokened something of the
+kind.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+And there sat I, powerless to interpret, and so powerless to help!
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It was then that the inspiration came to me. In a flash there leaped to my mind
+the closing paragraphs of the story I had read in the club at Algiers:
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Does the answer lie somewhere upon the bosom of the broad Sahara, at the ends
+of two tiny wires, hidden beneath a lost cairn?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The idea seemed preposterous. Experience and intelligence combined to assure me
+that there could be no slightest grain of truth or possibility in your wild
+tale—it was fiction pure and simple.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+And yet where WERE the other ends of those wires?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+What was this instrument—ticking away here in the great Sahara—but a travesty
+upon the possible!
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Would I have believed in it had I not seen it with my own eyes?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+And the initials—D. I.—upon the slip of paper!
+</p>
+
+<p>
+David’s initials were these—David Innes.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I smiled at my imaginings. I ridiculed the assumption that there was an inner
+world and that these wires led downward through the earth’s crust to the
+surface of Pellucidar. And yet—
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Well, I sat there all night, listening to that tantalizing clicking, now and
+then moving the sending-key just to let the other end know that the instrument
+had been discovered. In the morning, after carefully returning the box to its
+hole and covering it over with sand, I called my servants about me, snatched a
+hurried breakfast, mounted my horse, and started upon a forced march for
+Algiers.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I arrived here today. In writing you this letter I feel that I am making a fool
+of myself.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+There is no David Innes.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+There is no Dian the Beautiful.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+There is no world within a world.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Pellucidar is but a realm of your imagination—nothing more.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+BUT—
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The incident of the finding of that buried telegraph instrument upon the lonely
+Sahara is little short of uncanny, in view of your story of the adventures of
+David Innes.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I have called it one of the most remarkable coincidences in modern fiction. I
+called it literature before, but—again pardon my candor—your story is not.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+And now—why am I writing you?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Heaven knows, unless it is that the persistent clicking of that unfathomable
+enigma out there in the vast silences of the Sahara has so wrought upon my
+nerves that reason refuses longer to function sanely.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I cannot hear it now, yet I know that far away to the south, all alone beneath
+the sands, it is still pounding out its vain, frantic appeal.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It is maddening.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It is your fault—I want you to release me from it.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Cable me at once, at my expense, that there was no basis of fact for your
+story, At the Earth’s Core.
+</p>
+
+<p class="letter">
+Very respectfully yours,
+</p>
+
+<p class="letter">
+COGDON NESTOR,<br/>
+    —— and —— Club,<br/>
+        Algiers.<br/>
+            June 1st, —.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Ten minutes after reading this letter I had cabled Mr. Nestor as follows:
+</p>
+
+<p class="letter">
+Story true. Await me Algiers.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As fast as train and boat would carry me, I sped toward my destination. For all
+those dragging days my mind was a whirl of mad conjecture, of frantic hope, of
+numbing fear.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The finding of the telegraph-instrument practically assured me that David Innes
+had driven Perry’s iron mole back through the earth’s crust to the buried world
+of Pellucidar; but what adventures had befallen him since his return?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Had he found Dian the Beautiful, his half-savage mate, safe among his friends,
+or had Hooja the Sly One succeeded in his nefarious schemes to abduct her?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Did Abner Perry, the lovable old inventor and paleontologist, still live?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Had the federated tribes of Pellucidar succeeded in overthrowing the mighty
+Mahars, the dominant race of reptilian monsters, and their fierce, gorilla-like
+soldiery, the savage Sagoths?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I must admit that I was in a state bordering upon nervous prostration when I
+entered the —— and —— Club, in Algiers, and inquired for Mr. Nestor. A moment
+later I was ushered into his presence, to find myself clasping hands with the
+sort of chap that the world holds only too few of.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+He was a tall, smooth-faced man of about thirty, clean-cut, straight, and
+strong, and weather-tanned to the hue of a desert Arab. I liked him immensely
+from the first, and I hope that after our three months together in the desert
+country—three months not entirely lacking in adventure—he found that a man may
+be a writer of “impossible trash” and yet have some redeeming qualities.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The day following my arrival at Algiers we left for the south, Nestor having
+made all arrangements in advance, guessing, as he naturally did, that I could
+be coming to Africa for but a single purpose—to hasten at once to the buried
+telegraph-instrument and wrest its secret from it.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In addition to our native servants, we took along an English telegraph-operator
+named Frank Downes. Nothing of interest enlivened our journey by rail and
+caravan till we came to the cluster of date-palms about the ancient well upon
+the rim of the Sahara.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It was the very spot at which I first had seen David Innes. If he had ever
+raised a cairn above the telegraph instrument no sign of it remained now. Had
+it not been for the chance that caused Cogdon Nestor to throw down his sleeping
+rug directly over the hidden instrument, it might still be clicking there
+unheard—and this story still unwritten.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+When we reached the spot and unearthed the little box the instrument was quiet,
+nor did repeated attempts upon the part of our telegrapher succeed in winning a
+response from the other end of the line. After several days of futile endeavor
+to raise Pellucidar, we had begun to despair. I was as positive that the other
+end of that little cable protruded through the surface of the inner world as I
+am that I sit here today in my study—when about midnight of the fourth day I
+was awakened by the sound of the instrument.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Leaping to my feet I grasped Downes roughly by the neck and dragged him out of
+his blankets. He didn’t need to be told what caused my excitement, for the
+instant he was awake he, too, heard the long-hoped for click, and with a whoop
+of delight pounced upon the instrument.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Nestor was on his feet almost as soon as I. The three of us huddled about that
+little box as if our lives depended upon the message it had for us.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Downes interrupted the clicking with his sending-key. The noise of the receiver
+stopped instantly.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Ask who it is, Downes,” I directed.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+He did so, and while we awaited the Englishman’s translation of the reply, I
+doubt if either Nestor or I breathed.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“He says he’s David Innes,” said Downes. “He wants to know who we are.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Tell him,” said I; “and that we want to know how he is—and all that has
+befallen him since I last saw him.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+For two months I talked with David Innes almost every day, and as Downes
+translated, either Nestor or I took notes. From these, arranged in
+chronological order, I have set down the following account of the further
+adventures of David Innes at the earth’s core, practically in his own words.
+</p>
+
+</div><!--end chapter-->
+
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<h2><a name="chap01"></a>CHAPTER I<br/>
+LOST ON PELLUCIDAR</h2>
+
+<p>
+The Arabs, of whom I wrote you at the end of my last letter (Innes began), and
+whom I thought to be enemies intent only upon murdering me, proved to be
+exceedingly friendly—they were searching for the very band of marauders that
+had threatened my existence. The huge rhamphorhynchus-like reptile that I had
+brought back with me from the inner world—the ugly Mahar that Hooja the Sly One
+had substituted for my dear Dian at the moment of my departure—filled them with
+wonder and with awe.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Nor less so did the mighty subterranean prospector which had carried me to
+Pellucidar and back again, and which lay out in the desert about two miles from
+my camp.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+With their help I managed to get the unwieldy tons of its great bulk into a
+vertical position—the nose deep in a hole we had dug in the sand and the rest
+of it supported by the trunks of date-palms cut for the purpose.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It was a mighty engineering job with only wild Arabs and their wilder mounts to
+do the work of an electric crane—but finally it was completed, and I was ready
+for departure.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+For some time I hesitated to take the Mahar back with me. She had been docile
+and quiet ever since she had discovered herself virtually a prisoner aboard the
+“iron mole.” It had been, of course, impossible for me to communicate with her
+since she had no auditory organs and I no knowledge of her fourth-dimension,
+sixth-sense method of communication.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Naturally I am kind-hearted, and so I found it beyond me to leave even this
+hateful and repulsive thing alone in a strange and hostile world. The result
+was that when I entered the iron mole I took her with me.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+That she knew that we were about to return to Pellucidar was evident, for
+immediately her manner changed from that of habitual gloom that had pervaded
+her, to an almost human expression of contentment and delight.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Our trip through the earth’s crust was but a repetition of my two former
+journeys between the inner and the outer worlds. This time, however, I imagine
+that we must have maintained a more nearly perpendicular course, for we
+accomplished the journey in a few minutes’ less time than upon the occasion of
+my first journey through the five-hundred-mile crust. Just a trifle less than
+seventy-two hours after our departure into the sands of the Sahara, we broke
+through the surface of Pellucidar.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Fortune once again favored me by the slightest of margins, for when I opened
+the door in the prospector’s outer jacket I saw that we had missed coming up
+through the bottom of an ocean by but a few hundred yards.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The aspect of the surrounding country was entirely unfamiliar to me—I had no
+conception of precisely where I was upon the one hundred and twenty-four
+million square miles of Pellucidar’s vast land surface.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The perpetual midday sun poured down its torrid rays from zenith, as it had
+done since the beginning of Pellucidarian time—as it would continue to do to
+the end of it. Before me, across the wide sea, the weird, horizonless seascape
+folded gently upward to meet the sky until it lost itself to view in the azure
+depths of distance far above the level of my eyes.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+How strange it looked! How vastly different from the flat and puny area of the
+circumscribed vision of the dweller upon the outer crust!
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I was lost. Though I wandered ceaselessly throughout a lifetime, I might never
+discover the whereabouts of my former friends of this strange and savage world.
+Never again might I see dear old Perry, nor Ghak the Hairy One, nor Dacor the
+Strong One, nor that other infinitely precious one—my sweet and noble mate,
+Dian the Beautiful!
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But even so I was glad to tread once more the surface of Pellucidar. Mysterious
+and terrible, grotesque and savage though she is in many of her aspects, I can
+not but love her. Her very savagery appealed to me, for it is the savagery of
+unspoiled Nature.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The magnificence of her tropic beauties enthralled me. Her mighty land areas
+breathed unfettered freedom.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Her untracked oceans, whispering of virgin wonders unsullied by the eye of man,
+beckoned me out upon their restless bosoms.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Not for an instant did I regret the world of my nativity. I was in Pellucidar.
+I was home. And I was content.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As I stood dreaming beside the giant thing that had brought me safely through
+the earth’s crust, my traveling companion, the hideous Mahar, emerged from the
+interior of the prospector and stood beside me. For a long time she remained
+motionless.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+What thoughts were passing through the convolutions of her reptilian brain?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I do not know.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+She was a member of the dominant race of Pellucidar. By a strange freak of
+evolution her kind had first developed the power of reason in that world of
+anomalies.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+To her, creatures such as I were of a lower order. As Perry had discovered
+among the writings of her kind in the buried city of Phutra, it was still an
+open question among the Mahars as to whether man possessed means of intelligent
+communication or the power of reason.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Her kind believed that in the center of all-pervading solidity there was a
+single, vast, spherical cavity, which was Pellucidar. This cavity had been left
+there for the sole purpose of providing a place for the creation and
+propagation of the Mahar race. Everything within it had been put there for the
+uses of the Mahar.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I wondered what this particular Mahar might think now. I found pleasure in
+speculating upon just what the effect had been upon her of passing through the
+earth’s crust, and coming out into a world that one of even less intelligence
+than the great Mahars could easily see was a different world from her own
+Pellucidar.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+What had she thought of the outer world’s tiny sun?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+What had been the effect upon her of the moon and myriad stars of the clear
+African nights?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+How had she explained them?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+With what sensations of awe must she first have watched the sun moving slowly
+across the heavens to disappear at last beneath the western horizon, leaving in
+his wake that which the Mahar had never before witnessed—the darkness of night?
+For upon Pellucidar there is no night. The stationary sun hangs forever in the
+center of the Pellucidarian sky—directly overhead.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Then, too, she must have been impressed by the wondrous mechanism of the
+prospector which had bored its way from world to world and back again. And that
+it had been driven by a rational being must also have occurred to her.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Too, she had seen me conversing with other men upon the earth’s surface. She
+had seen the arrival of the caravan of books and arms, and ammunition, and the
+balance of the heterogeneous collection which I had crammed into the cabin of
+the iron mole for transportation to Pellucidar.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+She had seen all these evidences of a civilization and brain-power transcending
+in scientific achievement anything that her race had produced; nor once had she
+seen a creature of her own kind.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+There could have been but a single deduction in the mind of the Mahar—there
+were other worlds than Pellucidar, and the gilak was a rational being.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Now the creature at my side was creeping slowly toward the near-by sea. At my
+hip hung a long-barreled six-shooter—somehow I had been unable to find the same
+sensation of security in the newfangled automatics that had been perfected
+since my first departure from the outer world—and in my hand was a heavy
+express rifle.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I could have shot the Mahar with ease, for I knew intuitively that she was
+escaping—but I did not.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I felt that if she could return to her own kind with the story of her
+adventures, the position of the human race within Pellucidar would be advanced
+immensely at a single stride, for at once man would take his proper place in
+the considerations of the reptilia.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+At the edge of the sea the creature paused and looked back at me. Then she slid
+sinuously into the surf.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+For several minutes I saw no more of her as she luxuriated in the cool depths.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Then a hundred yards from shore she rose and there for another short while she
+floated upon the surface.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Finally she spread her giant wings, flapped them vigorously a score of times
+and rose above the blue sea. A single time she circled far aloft—and then
+straight as an arrow she sped away.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I watched her until the distant haze enveloped her and she had disappeared. I
+was alone.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+My first concern was to discover where within Pellucidar I might be—and in what
+direction lay the land of the Sarians where Ghak the Hairy One ruled.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But how was I to guess in which direction lay Sari?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+And if I set out to search—what then?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Could I find my way back to the prospector with its priceless freight of books,
+firearms, ammunition, scientific instruments, and still more books—its great
+library of reference works upon every conceivable branch of applied sciences?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+And if I could not, of what value was all this vast storehouse of potential
+civilization and progress to be to the world of my adoption?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Upon the other hand, if I remained here alone with it, what could I accomplish
+single-handed?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Nothing.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But where there was no east, no west, no north, no south, no stars, no moon,
+and only a stationary midday sun, how was I to find my way back to this spot
+should ever I get out of sight of it?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I didn’t know.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+For a long time I stood buried in deep thought, when it occurred to me to try
+out one of the compasses I had brought and ascertain if it remained steadily
+fixed upon an unvarying pole. I reentered the prospector and fetched a compass
+without.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Moving a considerable distance from the prospector that the needle might not be
+influenced by its great bulk of iron and steel I turned the delicate instrument
+about in every direction.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Always and steadily the needle remained rigidly fixed upon a point straight out
+to sea, apparently pointing toward a large island some ten or twenty miles
+distant. This then should be north.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I drew my note-book from my pocket and made a careful topographical sketch of
+the locality within the range of my vision. Due north lay the island, far out
+upon the shimmering sea.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The spot I had chosen for my observations was the top of a large, flat boulder
+which rose six or eight feet above the turf. This spot I called Greenwich. The
+boulder was the “Royal Observatory.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I had made a start! I cannot tell you what a sense of relief was imparted to me
+by the simple fact that there was at least one spot within Pellucidar with a
+familiar name and a place upon a map.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It was with almost childish joy that I made a little circle in my note-book and
+traced the word Greenwich beside it.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Now I felt I might start out upon my search with some assurance of finding my
+way back again to the prospector.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I decided that at first I would travel directly south in the hope that I might
+in that direction find some familiar landmark. It was as good a direction as
+any. This much at least might be said of it.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Among the many other things I had brought from the outer world were a number of
+pedometers. I slipped three of these into my pockets with the idea that I might
+arrive at a more or less accurate mean from the registrations of them all.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+On my map I would register so many paces south, so many east, so many west, and
+so on. When I was ready to return I would then do so by any route that I might
+choose.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I also strapped a considerable quantity of ammunition across my shoulders,
+pocketed some matches, and hooked an aluminum fry-pan and a small stew-kettle
+of the same metal to my belt.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I was ready—ready to go forth and explore a world!
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Ready to search a land area of 124,110,000 square miles for my friends, my
+incomparable mate, and good old Perry!
+</p>
+
+<p>
+And so, after locking the door in the outer shell of the prospector, I set out
+upon my quest. Due south I traveled, across lovely valleys thick-dotted with
+grazing herds.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Through dense primeval forests I forced my way and up the slopes of mighty
+mountains searching for a pass to their farther sides.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Ibex and musk-sheep fell before my good old revolver, so that I lacked not for
+food in the higher altitudes. The forests and the plains gave plentifully of
+fruits and wild birds, antelope, aurochsen, and elk.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Occasionally, for the larger game animals and the gigantic beasts of prey, I
+used my express rifle, but for the most part the revolver filled all my needs.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+There were times, too, when faced by a mighty cave bear, a saber-toothed tiger,
+or huge felis spelaea, black-maned and terrible, even my powerful rifle seemed
+pitifully inadequate—but fortune favored me so that I passed unscathed through
+adventures that even the recollection of causes the short hairs to bristle at
+the nape of my neck.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+How long I wandered toward the south I do not know, for shortly after I left
+the prospector something went wrong with my watch, and I was again at the mercy
+of the baffling timelessness of Pellucidar, forging steadily ahead beneath the
+great, motionless sun which hangs eternally at noon.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I ate many times, however, so that days must have elapsed, possibly months with
+no familiar landscape rewarding my eager eyes.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I saw no men nor signs of men. Nor is this strange, for Pellucidar, in its land
+area, is immense, while the human race there is very young and consequently far
+from numerous.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Doubtless upon that long search mine was the first human foot to touch the soil
+in many places—mine the first human eye to rest upon the gorgeous wonders of
+the landscape.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It was a staggering thought. I could not but dwell upon it often as I made my
+lonely way through this virgin world. Then, quite suddenly, one day I stepped
+out of the peace of manless primality into the presence of man—and peace was
+gone.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It happened thus:
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I had been following a ravine downward out of a chain of lofty hills and had
+paused at its mouth to view the lovely little valley that lay before me. At one
+side was tangled wood, while straight ahead a river wound peacefully along
+parallel to the cliffs in which the hills terminated at the valley’s edge.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Presently, as I stood enjoying the lovely scene, as insatiate for Nature’s
+wonders as if I had not looked upon similar landscapes countless times, a sound
+of shouting broke from the direction of the woods. That the harsh, discordant
+notes rose from the throats of men I could not doubt.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I slipped behind a large boulder near the mouth of the ravine and waited. I
+could hear the crashing of underbrush in the forest, and I guessed that whoever
+came came quickly—pursued and pursuers, doubtless.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In a short time some hunted animal would break into view, and a moment later a
+score of half-naked savages would come leaping after with spears or club or
+great stone-knives.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I had seen the thing so many times during my life within Pellucidar that I felt
+that I could anticipate to a nicety precisely what I was about to witness. I
+hoped that the hunters would prove friendly and be able to direct me toward
+Sari.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Even as I was thinking these thoughts the quarry emerged from the forest. But
+it was no terrified four-footed beast. Instead, what I saw was an old man—a
+terrified old man!
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Staggering feebly and hopelessly from what must have been some very terrible
+fate, if one could judge from the horrified expressions he continually cast
+behind him toward the wood, he came stumbling on in my direction.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+He had covered but a short distance from the forest when I beheld the first of
+his pursuers—a Sagoth, one of those grim and terrible gorilla-men who guard the
+mighty Mahars in their buried cities, faring forth from time to time upon
+slave-raiding or punitive expeditions against the human race of Pellucidar, of
+whom the dominant race of the inner world think as we think of the bison or the
+wild sheep of our own world.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Close behind the foremost Sagoth came others until a full dozen raced, shouting
+after the terror-stricken old man. They would be upon him shortly, that was
+plain.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+One of them was rapidly overhauling him, his back-thrown spear-arm testifying
+to his purpose.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+And then, quite with the suddenness of an unexpected blow, I realized a past
+familiarity with the gait and carriage of the fugitive.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Simultaneously there swept over me the staggering fact that the old man
+was—PERRY! That he was about to die before my very eyes with no hope that I
+could reach him in time to avert the awful catastrophe—for to me it meant a
+real catastrophe!
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Perry was my best friend.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Dian, of course, I looked upon as more than friend. She was my mate—a part of
+me.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I had entirely forgotten the rifle in my hand and the revolvers at my belt; one
+does not readily synchronize his thoughts with the stone age and the twentieth
+century simultaneously.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Now from past habit I still thought in the stone age, and in my thoughts of the
+stone age there were no thoughts of firearms.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The fellow was almost upon Perry when the feel of the gun in my hand awoke me
+from the lethargy of terror that had gripped me. From behind my boulder I threw
+up the heavy express rifle—a mighty engine of destruction that might bring down
+a cave bear or a mammoth at a single shot—and let drive at the Sagoth’s broad,
+hairy breast.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+At the sound of the shot he stopped stock-still. His spear dropped from his
+hand.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Then he lunged forward upon his face.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The effect upon the others was little less remarkable. Perry alone could have
+possibly guessed the meaning of the loud report or explained its connection
+with the sudden collapse of the Sagoth. The other gorilla-men halted for but an
+instant. Then with renewed shrieks of rage they sprang forward to finish Perry.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+At the same time I stepped from behind my boulder, drawing one of my revolvers
+that I might conserve the more precious ammunition of the express rifle.
+Quickly I fired again with the lesser weapon.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Then it was that all eyes were directed toward me. Another Sagoth fell to the
+bullet from the revolver; but it did not stop his companions. They were out for
+revenge as well as blood now, and they meant to have both.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As I ran forward toward Perry I fired four more shots, dropping three of our
+antagonists. Then at last the remaining seven wavered. It was too much for
+them, this roaring death that leaped, invisible, upon them from a great
+distance.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As they hesitated I reached Perry’s side. I have never seen such an expression
+upon any man’s face as that upon Perry’s when he recognized me. I have no words
+wherewith to describe it. There was not time to talk then—scarce for a
+greeting. I thrust the full, loaded revolver into his hand, fired the last shot
+in my own, and reloaded. There were but six Sagoths left then.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+They started toward us once more, though I could see that they were terrified
+probably as much by the noise of the guns as by their effects. They never
+reached us. Half-way the three that remained turned and fled, and we let them
+go.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The last we saw of them they were disappearing into the tangled undergrowth of
+the forest. And then Perry turned and threw his arms about my neck and, burying
+his old face upon my shoulder, wept like a child.
+</p>
+
+</div><!--end chapter-->
+
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<h2><a name="chap02"></a>CHAPTER II<br/>
+TRAVELING WITH TERROR</h2>
+
+<p>
+We made camp there beside the peaceful river. There Perry told me all that had
+befallen him since I had departed for the outer crust.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It seemed that Hooja had made it appear that I had intentionally left Dian
+behind, and that I did not purpose ever returning to Pellucidar. He told them
+that I was of another world and that I had tired of this and of its
+inhabitants.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+To Dian he had explained that I had a mate in the world to which I was
+returning; that I had never intended taking Dian the Beautiful back with me;
+and that she had seen the last of me.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Shortly afterward Dian had disappeared from the camp, nor had Perry seen or
+heard aught of her since.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+He had no conception of the time that had elapsed since I had departed, but
+guessed that many years had dragged their slow way into the past.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Hooja, too, had disappeared very soon after Dian had left. The Sarians, under
+Ghak the Hairy One, and the Amozites under Dacor the Strong One, Dian’s
+brother, had fallen out over my supposed defection, for Ghak would not believe
+that I had thus treacherously deceived and deserted them.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The result had been that these two powerful tribes had fallen upon one another
+with the new weapons that Perry and I had taught them to make and to use. Other
+tribes of the new federation took sides with the original disputants or set up
+petty revolutions of their own.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The result was the total demolition of the work we had so well started.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Taking advantage of the tribal war, the Mahars had gathered their Sagoths in
+force and fallen upon one tribe after another in rapid succession, wreaking
+awful havoc among them and reducing them for the most part to as pitiable a
+state of terror as that from which we had raised them.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Alone of all the once-mighty federation the Sarians and the Amozites with a few
+other tribes continued to maintain their defiance of the Mahars; but these
+tribes were still divided among themselves, nor had it seemed at all probable
+to Perry when he had last been among them that any attempt at re-amalgamation
+would be made.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“And thus, your majesty,” he concluded, “has faded back into the oblivion of
+the Stone Age our wondrous dream and with it has gone the First Empire of
+Pellucidar.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+We both had to smile at the use of my royal title, yet I was indeed still
+“Emperor of Pellucidar,” and some day I meant to rebuild what the vile act of
+the treacherous Hooja had torn down.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But first I would find my empress. To me she was worth forty empires.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Have you no clue as to the whereabouts of Dian?” I asked.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“None whatever,” replied Perry. “It was in search of her that I came to the
+pretty pass in which you discovered me, and from which, David, you saved me.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“I knew perfectly well that you had not intentionally deserted either Dian or
+Pellucidar. I guessed that in some way Hooja the Sly One was at the bottom of
+the matter, and I determined to go to Amoz, where I guessed that Dian might
+come to the protection of her brother, and do my utmost to convince her, and
+through her Dacor the Strong One, that we had all been victims of a treacherous
+plot to which you were no party.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“I came to Amoz after a most trying and terrible journey, only to find that
+Dian was not among her brother’s people and that they knew naught of her
+whereabouts.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Dacor, I am sure, wanted to be fair and just, but so great were his grief and
+anger over the disappearance of his sister that he could not listen to reason,
+but kept repeating time and again that only your return to Pellucidar could
+prove the honesty of your intentions.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Then came a stranger from another tribe, sent I am sure at the instigation of
+Hooja. He so turned the Amozites against me that I was forced to flee their
+country to escape assassination.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“In attempting to return to Sari I became lost, and then the Sagoths discovered
+me. For a long time I eluded them, hiding in caves and wading in rivers to
+throw them off my trail.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“I lived on nuts and fruits and the edible roots that chance threw in my way.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“I traveled on and on, in what directions I could not even guess; and at last I
+could elude them no longer and the end came as I had long foreseen that it
+would come, except that I had not foreseen that you would be there to save me.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+We rested in our camp until Perry had regained sufficient strength to travel
+again. We planned much, rebuilding all our shattered air-castles; but above all
+we planned most to find Dian.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I could not believe that she was dead, yet where she might be in this savage
+world, and under what frightful conditions she might be living, I could not
+guess.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+When Perry was rested we returned to the prospector, where he fitted himself
+out fully like a civilized human being—under-clothing, socks, shoes, khaki
+jacket and breeches and good, substantial puttees.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+When I had come upon him he was clothed in rough sadak sandals, a gee-string
+and a tunic fashioned from the shaggy hide of a thag. Now he wore real clothing
+again for the first time since the ape-folk had stripped us of our apparel that
+long-gone day that had witnessed our advent within Pellucidar.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+With a bandoleer of cartridges across his shoulder, two six-shooters at his
+hips, and a rifle in his hand he was a much rejuvenated Perry.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Indeed he was quite a different person altogether from the rather shaky old man
+who had entered the prospector with me ten or eleven years before, for the
+trial trip that had plunged us into such wondrous adventures and into such a
+strange and hitherto undreamed-of-world.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Now he was straight and active. His muscles, almost atrophied from disuse in
+his former life, had filled out.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+He was still an old man of course, but instead of appearing ten years older
+than he really was, as he had when we left the outer world, he now appeared
+about ten years younger. The wild, free life of Pellucidar had worked wonders
+for him.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Well, it must need have done so or killed him, for a man of Perry’s former
+physical condition could not long have survived the dangers and rigors of the
+primitive life of the inner world.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Perry had been greatly interested in my map and in the “royal observatory” at
+Greenwich. By use of the pedometers we had retraced our way to the prospector
+with ease and accuracy.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Now that we were ready to set out again we decided to follow a different route
+on the chance that it might lead us into more familiar territory.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I shall not weary you with a repetition of the countless adventures of our long
+search. Encounters with wild beasts of gigantic size were of almost daily
+occurrence; but with our deadly express rifles we ran comparatively little risk
+when one recalls that previously we had both traversed this world of frightful
+dangers inadequately armed with crude, primitive weapons and all but naked.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+We ate and slept many times—so many that we lost count—and so I do not know how
+long we roamed, though our map shows the distances and directions quite
+accurately. We must have covered a great many thousand square miles of
+territory, and yet we had seen nothing in the way of a familiar landmark, when
+from the heights of a mountain-range we were crossing I descried far in the
+distance great masses of billowing clouds.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Now clouds are practically unknown in the skies of Pellucidar. The moment that
+my eyes rested upon them my heart leaped. I seized Perry’s arm and, pointing
+toward the horizonless distance, shouted:
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“The Mountains of the Clouds!”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“They lie close to Phutra, and the country of our worst enemies, the Mahars,”
+Perry remonstrated.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“I know it,” I replied, “but they give us a starting-point from which to
+prosecute our search intelligently. They are at least a familiar landmark.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“They tell us that we are upon the right trail and not wandering far in the
+wrong direction.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Furthermore, close to the Mountains of the Clouds dwells a good friend, Ja the
+Mezop. You did not know him, but you know all that he did for me and all that
+he will gladly do to aid me.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“At least he can direct us upon the right direction toward Sari.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“The Mountains of the Clouds constitute a mighty range,” replied Perry. “They
+must cover an enormous territory. How are you to find your friend in all the
+great country that is visible from their rugged flanks?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Easily,” I answered him, “for Ja gave me minute directions. I recall almost
+his exact words:
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“‘You need merely come to the foot of the highest peak of the Mountains of the
+Clouds. There you will find a river that flows into the Lural Az.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“‘Directly opposite the mouth of the river you will see three large islands far
+out—so far that they are barely discernible. The one to the extreme left as you
+face them from the mouth of the river is Anoroc, where I rule the tribe of
+Anoroc.’”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+And so we hastened onward toward the great cloud-mass that was to be our guide
+for several weary marches. At last we came close to the towering crags,
+Alp-like in their grandeur.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Rising nobly among its noble fellows, one stupendous peak reared its giant head
+thousands of feet above the others. It was he whom we sought; but at its foot
+no river wound down toward any sea.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“It must rise from the opposite side,” suggested Perry, casting a rueful glance
+at the forbidding heights that barred our further progress. “We cannot endure
+the arctic cold of those high flung passes, and to traverse the endless miles
+about this interminable range might require a year or more. The land we seek
+must lie upon the opposite side of the mountains.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Then we must cross them,” I insisted.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Perry shrugged.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“We can’t do it, David,” he repeated. “We are dressed for the tropics. We
+should freeze to death among the snows and glaciers long before we had
+discovered a pass to the opposite side.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“We must cross them,” I reiterated. “We will cross them.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I had a plan, and that plan we carried out. It took some time.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+First we made a permanent camp part way up the slopes where there was good
+water. Then we set out in search of the great, shaggy cave bear of the higher
+altitudes.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+He is a mighty animal—a terrible animal. He is but little larger than his
+cousin of the lesser, lower hills; but he makes up for it in the awfulness of
+his ferocity and in the length and thickness of his shaggy coat. It was his
+coat that we were after.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+We came upon him quite unexpectedly. I was trudging in advance along a rocky
+trail worn smooth by the padded feet of countless ages of wild beasts. At a
+shoulder of the mountain around which the path ran I came face to face with the
+Titan.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I was going up for a fur coat. He was coming down for breakfast. Each realized
+that here was the very thing he sought.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+With a horrid roar the beast charged me.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+At my right the cliff rose straight upward for thousands of feet.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+At my left it dropped into a dim, abysmal cañon.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In front of me was the bear.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Behind me was Perry.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I shouted to him in warning, and then I raised my rifle and fired into the
+broad breast of the creature. There was no time to take aim; the thing was too
+close upon me.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But that my bullet took effect was evident from the howl of rage and pain that
+broke from the frothing jowls. It didn’t stop him, though.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I fired again, and then he was upon me. Down I went beneath his ton of
+maddened, clawing flesh and bone and sinew.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I thought my time had come. I remember feeling sorry for poor old Perry, left
+all alone in this inhospitable, savage world.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+And then of a sudden I realized that the bear was gone and that I was quite
+unharmed. I leaped to my feet, my rifle still clutched in my hand, and looked
+about for my antagonist.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I thought that I should find him farther down the trail, probably finishing
+Perry, and so I leaped in the direction I supposed him to be, to find Perry
+perched upon a projecting rock several feet above the trail. My cry of warning
+had given him time to reach this point of safety.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+There he squatted, his eyes wide and his mouth ajar, the picture of abject
+terror and consternation.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Where is he?” he cried when he saw me. “Where is he?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Didn’t he come this way?” I asked.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Nothing came this way,” replied the old man. “But I heard his roars—he must
+have been as large as an elephant.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“He was,” I admitted; “but where in the world do you suppose he disappeared
+to?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Then came a possible explanation to my mind. I returned to the point at which
+the bear had hurled me down and peered over the edge of the cliff into the
+abyss below.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Far, far down I saw a small brown blotch near the bottom of the canon. It was
+the bear.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+My second shot must have killed him, and so his dead body, after hurling me to
+the path, had toppled over into the abyss. I shivered at the thought of how
+close I, too, must have been to going over with him.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It took us a long time to reach the carcass, and arduous labor to remove the
+great pelt. But at last the thing was accomplished, and we returned to camp
+dragging the heavy trophy behind us.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Here we devoted another considerable period to scraping and curing it. When
+this was done to our satisfaction we made heavy boots, trousers, and coats of
+the shaggy skin, turning the fur in.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+From the scraps we fashioned caps that came down around our ears, with flaps
+that fell about our shoulders and breasts. We were now fairly well equipped for
+our search for a pass to the opposite side of the Mountains of the Clouds.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Our first step now was to move our camp upward to the very edge of the
+perpetual snows which cap this lofty range. Here we built a snug, secure little
+hut, which we provisioned and stored with fuel for its diminutive fireplace.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+With our hut as a base we sallied forth in search of a pass across the range.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Our every move was carefully noted upon our maps which we now kept in
+duplicate. By this means we were saved tedious and unnecessary retracing of
+ways already explored.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Systematically we worked upward in both directions from our base, and when we
+had at last discovered what seemed might prove a feasible pass we moved our
+belongings to a new hut farther up.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It was hard work—cold, bitter, cruel work. Not a step did we take in advance
+but the grim reaper strode silently in our tracks.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+There were the great cave bears in the timber, and gaunt, lean wolves—huge
+creatures twice the size of our Canadian timber-wolves. Farther up we were
+assailed by enormous white bears—hungry, devilish fellows, who came roaring
+across the rough glacier tops at the first glimpse of us, or stalked us
+stealthily by scent when they had not yet seen us.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It is one of the peculiarities of life within Pellucidar that man is more often
+the hunted than the hunter. Myriad are the huge-bellied carnivora of this
+primitive world. Never, from birth to death, are those great bellies
+sufficiently filled, so always are their mighty owners prowling about in search
+of meat.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Terribly armed for battle as they are, man presents to them in his primal state
+an easy prey, slow of foot, puny of strength, ill-equipped by nature with
+natural weapons of defense.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The bears looked upon us as easy meat. Only our heavy rifles saved us from
+prompt extinction. Poor Perry never was a raging lion at heart, and I am
+convinced that the terrors of that awful period must have caused him poignant
+mental anguish.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+When we were abroad pushing our trail farther and farther toward the distant
+break which, we assumed, marked a feasible way across the range, we never knew
+at what second some great engine of clawed and fanged destruction might rush
+upon us from behind, or lie in wait for us beyond an ice-hummock or a jutting
+shoulder of the craggy steeps.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The roar of our rifles was constantly shattering the world-old silence of
+stupendous canons upon which the eye of man had never before gazed. And when in
+the comparative safety of our hut we lay down to sleep the great beasts roared
+and fought without the walls, clawed and battered at the door, or rushed their
+colossal frames headlong against the hut’s sides until it rocked and trembled
+to the impact.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Yes, it was a gay life.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Perry had got to taking stock of our ammunition each time we returned to the
+hut. It became something of an obsession with him.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+He’d count our cartridges one by one and then try to figure how long it would
+be before the last was expended and we must either remain in the hut until we
+starved to death or venture forth, empty, to fill the belly of some hungry
+bear.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I must admit that I, too, felt worried, for our progress was indeed snail-like,
+and our ammunition could not last forever. In discussing the problem, finally
+we came to the decision to burn our bridges behind us and make one last supreme
+effort to cross the divide.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It would mean that we must go without sleep for a long period, and with the
+further chance that when the time came that sleep could no longer be denied we
+might still be high in the frozen regions of perpetual snow and ice, where
+sleep would mean certain death, exposed as we would be to the attacks of wild
+beasts and without shelter from the hideous cold.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But we decided that we must take these chances and so at last we set forth from
+our hut for the last time, carrying such necessities as we felt we could least
+afford to do without. The bears seemed unusually troublesome and determined
+that time, and as we clambered slowly upward beyond the highest point to which
+we had previously attained, the cold became infinitely more intense.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Presently, with two great bears dogging our footsteps we entered a dense fog.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+We had reached the heights that are so often cloud-wrapped for long periods. We
+could see nothing a few paces beyond our noses.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+We dared not turn back into the teeth of the bears which we could hear grunting
+behind us. To meet them in this bewildering fog would have been to court
+instant death.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Perry was almost overcome by the hopelessness of our situation. He flopped down
+on his knees and began to pray.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It was the first time I had heard him at his old habit since my return to
+Pellucidar, and I had thought that he had given up his little idiosyncrasy; but
+he hadn’t. Far from it.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I let him pray for a short time undisturbed, and then as I was about to suggest
+that we had better be pushing along one of the bears in our rear let out a roar
+that made the earth fairly tremble beneath our feet.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It brought Perry to his feet as if he had been stung by a wasp, and sent him
+racing ahead through the blinding fog at a gait that I knew must soon end in
+disaster were it not checked.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Crevasses in the glacier-ice were far too frequent to permit of reckless speed
+even in a clear atmosphere, and then there were hideous precipices along the
+edges of which our way often led us. I shivered as I thought of the poor old
+fellow’s peril.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+At the top of my lungs I called to him to stop, but he did not answer me. And
+then I hurried on in the direction he had gone, faster by far than safety
+dictated.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+For a while I thought I heard him ahead of me, but at last, though I paused
+often to listen and to call to him, I heard nothing more, not even the grunting
+of the bears that had been behind us. All was deathly silence—the silence of
+the tomb. About me lay the thick, impenetrable fog.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I was alone. Perry was gone—gone forever, I had not the slightest doubt.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Somewhere near by lay the mouth of a treacherous fissure, and far down at its
+icy bottom lay all that was mortal of my old friend, Abner Perry. There would
+his body be preserved in its icy sepulcher for countless ages, until on some
+far distant day the slow-moving river of ice had wound its snail-like way down
+to the warmer level, there to disgorge its grisly evidence of grim tragedy, and
+what in that far future age, might mean baffling mystery.
+</p>
+
+</div><!--end chapter-->
+
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<h2><a name="chap03"></a>CHAPTER III<br/>
+SHOOTING THE CHUTES—AND AFTER</h2>
+
+<p>
+Through the fog I felt my way along by means of my compass. I no longer heard
+the bears, nor did I encounter one within the fog.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Experience has since taught me that these great beasts are as terror-stricken
+by this phenomenon as a landsman by a fog at sea, and that no sooner does a fog
+envelop them than they make the best of their way to lower levels and a clear
+atmosphere. It was well for me that this was true.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I felt very sad and lonely as I crawled along the difficult footing. My own
+predicament weighed less heavily upon me than the loss of Perry, for I loved
+the old fellow.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+That I should ever win the opposite slopes of the range I began to doubt, for
+though I am naturally sanguine, I imagine that the bereavement which had
+befallen me had cast such a gloom over my spirits that I could see no slightest
+ray of hope for the future.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Then, too, the blighting, gray oblivion of the cold, damp clouds through which
+I wandered was distressing. Hope thrives best in sunlight, and I am sure that
+it does not thrive at all in a fog.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But the instinct of self-preservation is stronger than hope. It thrives,
+fortunately, upon nothing. It takes root upon the brink of the grave, and
+blossoms in the jaws of death. Now it flourished bravely upon the breast of
+dead hope, and urged me onward and upward in a stern endeavor to justify its
+existence.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As I advanced the fog became denser. I could see nothing beyond my nose. Even
+the snow and ice I trod were invisible.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I could not see below the breast of my bearskin coat. I seemed to be floating
+in a sea of vapor.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+To go forward over a dangerous glacier under such conditions was little short
+of madness; but I could not have stopped going had I known positively that
+death lay two paces before my nose. In the first place, it was too cold to
+stop, and in the second, I should have gone mad but for the excitement of the
+perils that beset each forward step.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+For some time the ground had been rougher and steeper, until I had been forced
+to scale a considerable height that had carried me from the glacier entirely. I
+was sure from my compass that I was following the right general direction, and
+so I kept on.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Once more the ground was level. From the wind that blew about me I guessed that
+I must be upon some exposed peak of ridge.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+And then quite suddenly I stepped out into space. Wildly I turned and clutched
+at the ground that had slipped from beneath my feet.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Only a smooth, icy surface was there. I found nothing to clutch or stay my
+fall, and a moment later so great was my speed that nothing could have stayed
+me.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As suddenly as I had pitched into space, with equal suddenness did I emerge
+from the fog, out of which I shot like a projectile from a cannon into clear
+daylight. My speed was so great that I could see nothing about me but a blurred
+and indistinct sheet of smooth and frozen snow, that rushed past me with
+express-train velocity.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I must have slid downward thousands of feet before the steep incline curved
+gently on to a broad, smooth, snow-covered plateau. Across this I hurtled with
+slowly diminishing velocity, until at last objects about me began to take
+definite shape.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Far ahead, miles and miles away, I saw a great valley and mighty woods, and
+beyond these a broad expanse of water. In the nearer foreground I discerned a
+small, dark blob of color upon the shimmering whiteness of the snow.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“A bear,” thought I, and thanked the instinct that had impelled me to cling
+tenaciously to my rifle during the moments of my awful tumble.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+At the rate I was going it would be but a moment before I should be quite
+abreast the thing; nor was it long before I came to a sudden stop in soft snow,
+upon which the sun was shining, not twenty paces from the object of my most
+immediate apprehension.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It was standing upon its hind legs waiting for me. As I scrambled to my feet to
+meet it, I dropped my gun in the snow and doubled up with laughter.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It was Perry.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The expression upon his face, combined with the relief I felt at seeing him
+again safe and sound, was too much for my overwrought nerves.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“David!” he cried. “David, my boy! God has been good to an old man. He has
+answered my prayer.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It seems that Perry in his mad flight had plunged over the brink at about the
+same point as that at which I had stepped over it a short time later. Chance
+had done for us what long periods of rational labor had failed to accomplish.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+We had crossed the divide. We were upon the side of the Mountains of the Clouds
+that we had for so long been attempting to reach.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+We looked about. Below us were green trees and warm jungles. In the distance
+was a great sea.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“The Lural Az,” I said, pointing toward its blue-green surface.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Somehow—the gods alone can explain it—Perry, too, had clung to his rifle during
+his mad descent of the icy slope. For that there was cause for great rejoicing.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Neither of us was worse for his experience, so after shaking the snow from our
+clothing, we set off at a great rate down toward the warmth and comfort of the
+forest and the jungle.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The going was easy by comparison with the awful obstacles we had had to
+encounter upon the opposite side of the divide. There were beasts, of course,
+but we came through safely.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Before we halted to eat or rest, we stood beside a little mountain brook
+beneath the wondrous trees of the primeval forest in an atmosphere of warmth
+and comfort. It reminded me of an early June day in the Maine woods.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+We fell to work with our short axes and cut enough small trees to build a rude
+protection from the fiercer beasts. Then we lay down to sleep.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+How long we slept I do not know. Perry says that inasmuch as there is no means
+of measuring time within Pellucidar, there can be no such thing as time here,
+and that we may have slept an outer earthly year, or we may have slept but a
+second.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But this I know. We had stuck the ends of some of the saplings into the ground
+in the building of our shelter, first stripping the leaves and branches from
+them, and when we awoke we found that many of them had thrust forth sprouts.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Personally, I think that we slept at least a month; but who may say? The sun
+marked midday when we closed our eyes; it was still in the same position when
+we opened them; nor had it varied a hair’s breadth in the interim.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It is most baffling, this question of elapsed time within Pellucidar.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Anyhow, I was famished when we awoke. I think that it was the pangs of hunger
+that awoke me. Ptarmigan and wild boar fell before my revolver within a dozen
+moments of my awakening. Perry soon had a roaring fire blazing by the brink of
+the little stream.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It was a good and delicious meal we made. Though we did not eat the entire
+boar, we made a very large hole in him, while the ptarmigan was but a mouthful.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Having satisfied our hunger, we determined to set forth at once in search of
+Anoroc and my old friend, Ja the Mezop. We each thought that by following the
+little stream downward, we should come upon the large river which Ja had told
+me emptied into the Lural Az op-posite his island.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+We did so; nor were we disappointed, for at last after a pleasant journey—and
+what journey would not be pleasant after the hardships we had endured among the
+peaks of the Mountains of the Clouds—we came upon a broad flood that rushed
+majestically onward in the direction of the great sea we had seen from the
+snowy slopes of the mountains.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+For three long marches we followed the left bank of the growing river, until at
+last we saw it roll its mighty volume into the vast waters of the sea. Far out
+across the rippling ocean we descried three islands. The one to the left must
+be Anoroc.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+At last we had come close to a solution of our problem—the road to Sari.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But how to reach the islands was now the foremost question in our minds. We
+must build a canoe.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Perry is a most resourceful man. He has an axiom which carries the
+thought-kernel that what man has done, man can do, and it doesn’t cut any
+figure with Perry whether a fellow knows how to do it or not.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+He set out to make gunpowder once, shortly after our escape from Phutra and at
+the beginning of the confederation of the wild tribes of Pellucidar. He said
+that some one, without any knowledge of the fact that such a thing might be
+concocted, had once stumbled upon it by accident, and so he couldn’t see why a
+fellow who knew all about powder except how to make it couldn’t do as well.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+He worked mighty hard mixing all sorts of things together, until finally he
+evolved a substance that looked like powder. He had been very proud of the
+stuff, and had gone about the village of the Sarians exhibiting it to every one
+who would listen to him, and explaining what its purpose was and what terrific
+havoc it would work, until finally the natives became so terrified at the stuff
+that they wouldn’t come within a rod of Perry and his invention.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Finally, I suggested that we experiment with it and see what it would do, so
+Perry built a fire, after placing the powder at a safe distance, and then
+touched a glowing ember to a minute particle of the deadly explosive. It
+extinguished the ember.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Repeated experiments with it determined me that in searching for a high
+explosive, Perry had stumbled upon a fire-extinguisher that would have made his
+fortune for him back in our own world.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+So now he set himself to work to build a scientific canoe. I had suggested that
+we construct a dugout, but Perry convinced me that we must build something more
+in keeping with our positions of supermen in this world of the Stone Age.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“We must impress these natives with our superiority,” he explained. “You must
+not forget, David, that you are emperor of Pellucidar. As such you may not with
+dignity approach the shores of a foreign power in so crude a vessel as a
+dugout.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I pointed out to Perry that it wasn’t much more incongruous for the emperor to
+cruise in a canoe, than it was for the prime minister to attempt to build one
+with his own hands.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+He had to smile at that; but in extenuation of his act he assured me that it
+was quite customary for prime ministers to give their personal attention to the
+building of imperial navies; “and this,” he said, “is the imperial navy of his
+Serene Highness, David I, Emperor of the Federated Kingdoms of Pellucidar.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I grinned; but Perry was quite serious about it. It had always seemed rather
+more or less of a joke to me that I should be addressed as majesty and all the
+rest of it. Yet my imperial power and dignity had been a very real thing during
+my brief reign.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Twenty tribes had joined the federation, and their chiefs had sworn eternal
+fealty to one another and to me. Among them were many powerful though savage
+nations. Their chiefs we had made kings; their tribal lands kingdoms.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+We had armed them with bows and arrows and swords, in addition to their own
+more primitive weapons. I had trained them in military discipline and in so
+much of the art of war as I had gleaned from extensive reading of the campaigns
+of Napoleon, Von Moltke, Grant, and the ancients.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+We had marked out as best we could natural boundaries dividing the various
+kingdoms. We had warned tribes beyond these boundaries that they must not
+trespass, and we had marched against and severely punished those who had.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+We had met and defeated the Mahars and the Sagoths. In short, we had
+demonstrated our rights to empire, and very rapidly were we being recognized
+and heralded abroad when my departure for the outer world and Hooja’s treachery
+had set us back.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But now I had returned. The work that fate had undone must be done again, and
+though I must need smile at my imperial honors, I none the less felt the weight
+of duty and obligation that rested upon my shoulders.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Slowly the imperial navy progressed toward completion. She was a wondrous
+craft, but I had my doubts about her. When I voiced them to Perry, he reminded
+me gently that my people for many generations had been mine-owners, not
+ship-builders, and consequently I couldn’t be expected to know much about the
+matter.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I was minded to inquire into his hereditary fitness to design battleships; but
+inasmuch as I already knew that his father had been a minister in a back-woods
+village far from the coast, I hesitated lest I offend the dear old fellow.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+He was immensely serious about his work, and I must admit that in so far as
+appearances went he did extremely well with the meager tools and assistance at
+his command. We had only two short axes and our hunting-knives; yet with these
+we hewed trees, split them into planks, surfaced and fitted them.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The “navy” was some forty feet in length by ten feet beam. Her sides were quite
+straight and fully ten feet high—“for the purpose,” explained Perry, “of adding
+dignity to her appearance and rendering it less easy for an enemy to board
+her.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As a matter of fact, I knew that he had had in mind the safety of her crew
+under javelin-fire—the lofty sides made an admirable shelter. Inside she
+reminded me of nothing so much as a floating trench. There was also some slight
+analogy to a huge coffin.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Her prow sloped sharply backward from the water-line—quite like a line of
+battleship. Perry had designed her more for moral effect upon an enemy, I
+think, than for any real harm she might inflict, and so those parts which were
+to show were the most imposing.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Below the water-line she was practically non-existent. She should have had
+considerable draft; but, as the enemy couldn’t have seen it, Perry decided to
+do away with it, and so made her flat-bottomed. It was this that caused my
+doubts about her.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+There was another little idiosyncrasy of design that escaped us both until she
+was about ready to launch—there was no method of propulsion. Her sides were far
+too high to permit the use of sweeps, and when Perry suggested that we pole
+her, I remonstrated on the grounds that it would be a most undignified and
+awkward manner of sweeping down upon the foe, even if we could find or wield
+poles that would reach to the bottom of the ocean.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Finally I suggested that we convert her into a sailing vessel. When once the
+idea took hold Perry was most enthusiastic about it, and nothing would do but a
+four-masted, full-rigged ship.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Again I tried to dissuade him, but he was simply crazy over the psychological
+effect which the appearance of this strange and mighty craft would have upon
+the natives of Pellucidar. So we rigged her with thin hides for sails and dried
+gut for rope.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Neither of us knew much about sailing a full-rigged ship; but that didn’t worry
+me a great deal, for I was confident that we should never be called upon to do
+so, and as the day of launching approached I was positive of it.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+We had built her upon a low bank of the river close to where it emptied into
+the sea, and just above high tide. Her keel we had laid upon several rollers
+cut from small trees, the ends of the rollers in turn resting upon parallel
+tracks of long saplings. Her stern was toward the water.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+A few hours before we were ready to launch her she made quite an imposing
+picture, for Perry had insisted upon setting every shred of “canvas.” I told
+him that I didn’t know much about it, but I was sure that at launching the hull
+only should have been completed, everything else being completed after she had
+floated safely.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+At the last minute there was some delay while we sought a name for her. I
+wanted her christened the Perry in honor both of her designer and that other
+great naval genius of another world, Captain Oliver Hazard Perry, of the United
+States Navy. But Perry was too modest; he wouldn’t hear of it.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+We finally decided to establish a system in the naming of the fleet.
+Battle-ships of the first-class should bear the names of kingdoms of the
+federation; armored cruisers the names of kings; cruisers the names of cities,
+and so on down the line. Therefore, we decided to name the first battle-ship
+Sari, after the first of the federated kingdoms.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The launching of the Sari proved easier than I contemplated. Perry wanted me to
+get in and break something over the bow as she floated out upon the bosom of
+the river, but I told him that I should feel safer on dry land until I saw
+which side up the Sari would float.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I could see by the expression of the old man’s face that my words had hurt him;
+but I noticed that he didn’t offer to get in himself, and so I felt less
+contrition than I might otherwise.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+When we cut the ropes and removed the blocks that held the Sari in place she
+started for the water with a lunge. Before she hit it she was going at a
+reckless speed, for we had laid our tracks quite down to the water, greased
+them, and at intervals placed rollers all ready to receive the ship as she
+moved forward with stately dignity. But there was no dignity in the Sari.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+When she touched the surface of the river she must have been going twenty or
+thirty miles an hour. Her momentum carried her well out into the stream, until
+she came to a sudden halt at the end of the long line which we had had the
+foresight to attach to her bow and fasten to a large tree upon the bank.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The moment her progress was checked she promptly capsized. Perry was
+overwhelmed. I didn’t upbraid him, nor remind him that I had “told him so.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+His grief was so genuine and so apparent that I didn’t have the heart to
+reproach him, even were I inclined to that particular sort of meanness.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Come, come, old man!” I cried. “It’s not as bad as it looks. Give me a hand
+with this rope, and we’ll drag her up as far as we can; and then when the tide
+goes out we’ll try another scheme. I think we can make a go of her yet.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Well, we managed to get her up into shallow water. When the tide receded she
+lay there on her side in the mud, quite a pitiable object for the premier
+battle-ship of a world—“the terror of the seas” was the way Perry had
+occasionally described her.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+We had to work fast; but before the tide came in again we had stripped her of
+her sails and masts, righted her, and filled her about a quarter full of rock
+ballast. If she didn’t stick too fast in the mud I was sure that she would
+float this time right side up.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I can tell you that it was with palpitating hearts that we sat upon the
+river-bank and watched that tide come slowly in. The tides of Pellucidar don’t
+amount to much by comparison with our higher tides of the outer world, but I
+knew that it ought to prove ample to float the Sari.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Nor was I mistaken. Finally we had the satisfaction of seeing the vessel rise
+out of the mud and float slowly upstream with the tide. As the water rose we
+pulled her in quite close to the bank and clambered aboard.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+She rested safely now upon an even keel; nor did she leak, for she was well
+calked with fiber and tarry pitch. We rigged up a single short mast and light
+sail, fastened planking down over the ballast to form a deck, worked her out
+into midstream with a couple of sweeps, and dropped our primitive stone anchor
+to await the turn of the tide that would bear us out to sea.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+While we waited we devoted the time to the construction of an upper deck, since
+the one immediately above the ballast was some seven feet from the gunwale. The
+second deck was four feet above this. In it was a large, commodious hatch,
+leading to the lower deck. The sides of the ship rose three feet above the
+upper deck, forming an excellent breastwork, which we loopholed at intervals
+that we might lie prone and fire upon an enemy.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Though we were sailing out upon a peaceful mission in search of my friend Ja,
+we knew that we might meet with people of some other island who would prove
+unfriendly.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+At last the tide turned. We weighed anchor. Slowly we drifted down the great
+river toward the sea.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+About us swarmed the mighty denizens of the primeval deep—plesiosauri and
+ichthyosauria with all their horrid, slimy cousins whose names were as the
+names of aunts and uncles to Perry, but which I have never been able to recall
+an hour after having heard them.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+At last we were safely launched upon the journey to which we had looked forward
+for so long, and the results of which meant so much to me.
+</p>
+
+</div><!--end chapter-->
+
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<h2><a name="chap04"></a>CHAPTER IV<br/>
+FRIENDSHIP AND TREACHERY</h2>
+
+<p>
+The Sari proved a most erratic craft. She might have done well enough upon a
+park lagoon if safely anchored, but upon the bosom of a mighty ocean she left
+much to be desired.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Sailing with the wind she did her best; but in quartering or when close-hauled
+she drifted terribly, as a nautical man might have guessed she would. We
+couldn’t keep within miles of our course, and our progress was pitifully slow.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Instead of making for the island of Anoroc, we bore far to the right, until it
+became evident that we should have to pass between the two right-hand islands
+and attempt to return toward Anoroc from the opposite side.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As we neared the islands Perry was quite overcome by their beauty. When we were
+directly between two of them he fairly went into raptures; nor could I blame
+him.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The tropical luxuriance of the foliage that dripped almost to the water’s edge
+and the vivid colors of the blooms that shot the green made a most gorgeous
+spectacle.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Perry was right in the midst of a flowery panegyric on the wonders of the
+peaceful beauty of the scene when a canoe shot out from the nearest island.
+There were a dozen warriors in it; it was quickly followed by a second and
+third.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Of course we couldn’t know the intentions of the strangers, but we could pretty
+well guess them.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Perry wanted to man the sweeps and try to get away from them, but I soon
+convinced him that any speed of which the Sari was capable would be far too
+slow to outdistance the swift, though awkward, dugouts of the Mezops.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I waited until they were quite close enough to hear me, and then I hailed them.
+I told them that we were friends of the Mezops, and that we were upon a visit
+to Ja of Anoroc, to which they replied that they were at war with Ja, and that
+if we would wait a minute they’d board us and throw our corpses to the
+azdyryths.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I warned them that they would get the worst of it if they didn’t leave us
+alone, but they only shouted in derision and paddled swiftly toward us. It was
+evident that they were considerably impressed by the appearance and dimensions
+of our craft, but as these fellows know no fear they were not at all awed.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Seeing that they were determined to give battle, I leaned over the rail of the
+Sari and brought the imperial battle-squadron of the Emperor of Pellucidar into
+action for the first time in the history of a world. In other and simpler
+words, I fired my revolver at the nearest canoe.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The effect was magical. A warrior rose from his knees, threw his paddle aloft,
+stiffened into rigidity for an instant, and then toppled overboard.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The others ceased paddling, and, with wide eyes, looked first at me and then at
+the battling sea-things which fought for the corpse of their comrade. To them
+it must have seemed a miracle that I should be able to stand at thrice the
+range of the most powerful javelin-thrower and with a loud noise and a smudge
+of smoke slay one of their number with an invisible missile.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But only for an instant were they paralyzed with wonder. Then, with savage
+shouts, they fell once more to their paddles and forged rapidly toward us.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Again and again I fired. At each shot a warrior sank to the bottom of the canoe
+or tumbled overboard.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+When the prow of the first craft touched the side of the Sari it contained only
+dead and dying men. The other two dugouts were approaching rapidly, so I turned
+my attention toward them.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I think that they must have been commencing to have some doubts—those wild,
+naked, red warriors—for when the first man fell in the second boat, the others
+stopped paddling and commenced to jabber among themselves.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The third boat pulled up alongside the second and its crews joined in the
+conference. Taking advantage of the lull in the battle, I called out to the
+survivors to return to their shore.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“I have no fight with you,” I cried, and then I told them who I was and added
+that if they would live in peace they must sooner or later join forces with me.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Go back now to your people,” I counseled them, “and tell them that you have
+seen David I, Emperor of the Federated Kingdoms of Pellucidar, and that
+single-handed he has overcome you, just as he intends overcoming the Mahars and
+the Sagoths and any other peoples of Pellucidar who threaten the peace and
+welfare of his empire.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Slowly they turned the noses of their canoes toward land. It was evident that
+they were impressed; yet that they were loath to give up without further
+contesting my claim to naval supremacy was also apparent, for some of their
+number seemed to be exhorting the others to a renewal of the conflict.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+However, at last they drew slowly away, and the Sari, which had not decreased
+her snail-like speed during this, her first engagement, continued upon her
+slow, uneven way.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Presently Perry stuck his head up through the hatch and hailed me.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Have the scoundrels departed?” he asked. “Have you killed them all?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Those whom I failed to kill have departed, Perry,” I replied.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+He came out on deck and, peering over the side, descried the lone canoe
+floating a short distance astern with its grim and grisly freight. Farther his
+eyes wandered to the retreating boats.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“David,” said he at last, “this is a notable occasion. It is a great day in the
+annals of Pellucidar. We have won a glorious victory.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Your majesty’s navy has routed a fleet of the enemy thrice its own size,
+manned by ten times as many men. Let us give thanks.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I could scarce restrain a smile at Perry’s use of the pronoun “we,” yet I was
+glad to share the rejoicing with him as I shall always be glad to share
+everything with the dear old fellow.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Perry is the only male coward I have ever known whom I could respect and love.
+He was not created for fighting; but I think that if the occasion should ever
+arise where it became necessary he would give his life cheerfully for me—yes, I
+KNOW it.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It took us a long time to work around the islands and draw in close to Anoroc.
+In the leisure afforded we took turns working on our map, and by means of the
+compass and a little guesswork we set down the shoreline we had left and the
+three islands with fair accuracy.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Crossed sabers marked the spot where the first great naval engagement of a
+world had taken place. In a note-book we jotted down, as had been our custom,
+details that would be of historical value later.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Opposite Anoroc we came to anchor quite close to shore. I knew from my previous
+experience with the tortuous trails of the island that I could never find my
+way inland to the hidden tree-village of the Mezop chieftain, Ja; so we
+remained aboard the Sari, firing our express rifles at intervals to attract the
+attention of the natives.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+After some ten shots had been fired at considerable intervals a body of
+copper-colored warriors appeared upon the shore. They watched us for a moment
+and then I hailed them, asking the whereabouts of my old friend Ja.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+They did not reply at once, but stood with their heads together in serious and
+animated discussion. Continually they turned their eyes toward our strange
+craft. It was evident that they were greatly puzzled by our appearance as well
+as unable to explain the source of the loud noises that had attracted their
+attention to us. At last one of the warriors addressed us.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Who are you who seek Ja?” he asked. “What would you of our chief?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“We are friends,” I replied. “I am David. Tell Ja that David, whose life he
+once saved from a sithic, has come again to visit him.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“If you will send out a canoe we will come ashore. We cannot bring our great
+warship closer in.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Again they talked for a considerable time. Then two of them entered a canoe
+that several dragged from its hiding-place in the jungle and paddled swiftly
+toward us.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+They were magnificent specimens of manhood. Perry had never seen a member of
+this red race close to before. In fact, the dead men in the canoe we had left
+astern after the battle and the survivors who were paddling rapidly toward
+their shore were the first he ever had seen. He had been greatly impressed by
+their physical beauty and the promise of superior intelligence which their
+well-shaped skulls gave.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The two who now paddled out received us into their canoe with dignified
+courtesy. To my inquiries relative to Ja they explained that he had not been in
+the village when our signals were heard, but that runners had been sent out
+after him and that doubtless he was already upon his way to the coast.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+One of the men remembered me from the occasion of my former visit to the
+island; he was extremely agree-able the moment that he came close enough to
+recognize me. He said that Ja would be delighted to welcome me, and that all
+the tribe of Anoroc knew of me by repute, and had received explicit
+instructions from their chieftain that if any of them should ever come upon me
+to show me every kindness and attention.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Upon shore we were received with equal honor. While we stood conversing with
+our bronze friends a tall warrior leaped suddenly from the jungle.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It was Ja. As his eyes fell upon me his face lighted with pleasure. He came
+quickly forward to greet me after the manner of his tribe.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Toward Perry he was equally hospitable. The old man fell in love with the
+savage giant as completely as had I. Ja conducted us along the maze-like trail
+to his strange village, where he gave over one of the tree-houses for our
+exclusive use.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Perry was much interested in the unique habitation, which resembled nothing so
+much as a huge wasp’s nest built around the bole of a tree well above the
+ground.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+After we had eaten and rested Ja came to see us with a number of his head men.
+They listened attentively to my story, which included a narrative of the events
+leading to the formation of the federated kingdoms, the battle with the Mahars,
+my journey to the outer world, and my return to Pellucidar and search for Sari
+and my mate.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Ja told me that the Mezops had heard something of the federation and had been
+much interested in it. He had even gone so far as to send a party of warriors
+toward Sari to investigate the reports, and to arrange for the entrance of
+Anoroc into the empire in case it appeared that there was any truth in the
+rumors that one of the aims of the federation was the overthrow of the Mahars.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The delegation had met with a party of Sagoths. As there had been a truce
+between the Mahars and the Mezops for many generations, they camped with these
+warriors of the reptiles, from whom they learned that the federation had gone
+to pieces. So the party returned to Anoroc.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+When I showed Ja our map and explained its purpose to him, he was much
+interested. The location of Anoroc, the Mountains of the Clouds, the river, and
+the strip of seacoast were all familiar to him.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+He quickly indicated the position of the inland sea and close beside it, the
+city of Phutra, where one of the powerful Mahar nations had its seat. He
+likewise showed us where Sari should be and carried his own coast-line as far
+north and south as it was known to him.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+His additions to the map convinced us that Greenwich lay upon the verge of this
+same sea, and that it might be reached by water more easily than by the arduous
+crossing of the mountains or the dangerous approach through Phutra, which lay
+almost directly in line between Anoroc and Greenwich to the northwest.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If Sari lay upon the same water then the shore-line must bend far back toward
+the southwest of Greenwich—an assumption which, by the way, we found later to
+be true. Also, Sari was upon a lofty plateau at the southern end of a mighty
+gulf of the Great Ocean.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The location which Ja gave to distant Amoz puzzled us, for it placed it due
+north of Greenwich, apparently in mid-ocean. As Ja had never been so far and
+knew only of Amoz through hearsay, we thought that he must be mistaken; but he
+was not. Amoz lies directly north of Greenwich across the mouth of the same
+gulf as that upon which Sari is.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The sense of direction and location of these primitive Pellucidarians is little
+short of uncanny, as I have had occasion to remark in the past. You may take
+one of them to the uttermost ends of his world, to places of which he has never
+even heard, yet without sun or moon or stars to guide him, without map or
+compass, he will travel straight for home in the shortest direction.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Mountains, rivers, and seas may have to be gone around, but never once does his
+sense of direction fail him—the homing instinct is supreme.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In the same remarkable way they never forget the location of any place to which
+they have ever been, and know that of many of which they have only heard from
+others who have visited them.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In short, each Pellucidarian is a walking geography of his own district and of
+much of the country contiguous thereto. It always proved of the greatest aid to
+Perry and me; nevertheless we were anxious to enlarge our map, for we at least
+were not endowed with the homing instinct.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+After several long councils it was decided that, in order to expedite matters,
+Perry should return to the prospector with a strong party of Mezops and fetch
+the freight I had brought from the outer world. Ja and his warriors were much
+impressed by our firearms, and were also anxious to build boats with sails.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As we had arms at the prospector and also books on boat-building we thought
+that it might prove an excellent idea to start these naturally maritime people
+upon the construction of a well built navy of staunch sailing-vessels. I was
+sure that with definite plans to go by Perry could oversee the construction of
+an adequate flotilla.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I warned him, however, not to be too ambitious, and to forget about
+dreadnoughts and armored cruisers for a while and build instead a few small
+sailing-boats that could be manned by four or five men.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I was to proceed to Sari, and while prosecuting my search for Dian attempt at
+the same time the rehabilitation of the federation. Perry was going as far as
+possible by water, with the chances that the entire trip might be made in that
+manner, which proved to be the fact.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+With a couple of Mezops as companions I started for Sari. In order to avoid
+crossing the principal range of the Mountains of the Clouds we took a route
+that passed a little way south of Phutra. We had eaten four times and slept
+once, and were, as my companions told me, not far from the great Mahar city,
+when we were suddenly confronted by a considerable band of Sagoths.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+They did not attack us, owing to the peace which exists between the Mahars and
+the Mezops, but I could see that they looked upon me with considerable
+suspicion. My friends told them that I was a stranger from a remote country,
+and as we had previously planned against such a contingency I pretended
+ignorance of the language which the human beings of Pellucidar employ in
+conversing with the gorilla-like soldiery of the Mahars.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I noticed, and not without misgivings, that the leader of the Sagoths eyed me
+with an expression that betokened partial recognition. I was sure that he had
+seen me before during the period of my incarceration in Phutra and that he was
+trying to recall my identity.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It worried me not a little. I was extremely thankful when we bade them adieu
+and continued upon our journey.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Several times during the next few marches I became acutely conscious of the
+sensation of being watched by unseen eyes, but I did not speak of my suspicions
+to my companions. Later I had reason to regret my reticence, for—
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Well, this is how it happened:
+</p>
+
+<p>
+We had killed an antelope and after eating our fill I had lain down to sleep.
+The Pellucidarians, who seem seldom if ever to require sleep, joined me in this
+instance, for we had had a very trying march along the northern foothills of
+the Mountains of the Clouds, and now with their bellies filled with meat they
+seemed ready for slumber.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+When I awoke it was with a start to find a couple of huge Sagoths astride me.
+They pinioned my arms and legs, and later chained my wrists behind my back.
+Then they let me up.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I saw my companions; the brave fellows lay dead where they had slept, javelined
+to death without a chance at self-defense.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I was furious. I threatened the Sagoth leader with all sorts of dire reprisals;
+but when he heard me speak the hybrid language that is the medium of
+communication between his kind and the human race of the inner world he only
+grinned, as much as to say, “I thought so!”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+They had not taken my revolvers or ammunition away from me because they did not
+know what they were; but my heavy rifle I had lost. They simply left it where
+it had lain beside me.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+So low in the scale of intelligence are they, that they had not sufficient
+interest in this strange object even to fetch it along with them.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I knew from the direction of our march that they were taking me to Phutra. Once
+there I did not need much of an imagination to picture what my fate would be.
+It was the arena and a wild thag or fierce tarag for me—unless the Mahars
+elected to take me to the pits.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In that case my end would be no more certain, though infinitely more horrible
+and painful, for in the pits I should be subjected to cruel vivisection. From
+what I had once seen of their methods in the pits of Phutra I knew them to be
+the opposite of merciful, whereas in the arena I should be quickly despatched
+by some savage beast.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Arrived at the underground city, I was taken immediately before a slimy Mahar.
+When the creature had received the report of the Sagoth its cold eyes glistened
+with malice and hatred as they were turned balefully upon me.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I knew then that my identity had been guessed. With a show of excitement that I
+had never before seen evinced by a member of the dominant race of Pellucidar,
+the Mahar hustled me away, heavily guarded, through the main avenue of the city
+to one of the principal buildings.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Here we were ushered into a great hall where presently many Mahars gathered.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In utter silence they conversed, for they have no oral speech since they are
+without auditory nerves. Their method of communication Perry has likened to the
+projection of a sixth sense into a fourth dimension, where it becomes
+cognizable to the sixth sense of their audience.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Be that as it may, however, it was evident that I was the subject of
+discussion, and from the hateful looks bestowed upon me not a particularly
+pleasant subject.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+How long I waited for their decision I do not know, but it must have been a
+very long time. Finally one of the Sagoths addressed me. He was acting as
+interpreter for his masters.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“The Mahars will spare your life,” he said, “and release you on one condition.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“And what is that condition?” I asked, though I could guess its terms.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“That you return to them that which you stole from the pits of Phutra when you
+killed the four Mahars and escaped,” he replied.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I had thought that that would be it. The great secret upon which depended the
+continuance of the Mahar race was safely hid where only Dian and I knew.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I ventured to imagine that they would have given me much more than my liberty
+to have it safely in their keeping again; but after that—what?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Would they keep their promises?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I doubted it. With the secret of artificial propagation once more in their
+hands their numbers would soon be made so to overrun the world of Pellucidar
+that there could be no hope for the eventual supremacy of the human race, the
+cause for which I so devoutly hoped, for which I had consecrated my life, and
+for which I was not willing to give my life.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Yes! In that moment as I stood before the heartless tribunal I felt that my
+life would be a very little thing to give could it save to the human race of
+Pellucidar the chance to come into its own by insuring the eventual extinction
+of the hated, powerful Mahars.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Come!” exclaimed the Sagoths. “The mighty Mahars await your reply.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“You may say to them,” I answered, “that I shall not tell them where the great
+secret is hid.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+When this had been translated to them there was a great beating of reptilian
+wings, gaping of sharp-fanged jaws, and hideous hissing. I thought that they
+were about to fall upon me on the spot, and so I laid my hands upon my
+revolvers; but at length they became more quiet and presently transmitted some
+command to my Sagoth guard, the chief of which laid a heavy hand upon my arm
+and pushed me roughly before him from the audience-chamber.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+They took me to the pits, where I lay carefully guarded. I was sure that I was
+to be taken to the vivisection laboratory, and it required all my courage to
+fortify myself against the terrors of so fearful a death. In Pellucidar, where
+there is no time, death-agonies may endure for eternities.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Accordingly, I had to steel myself against an endless doom, which now stared me
+in the face!
+</p>
+
+</div><!--end chapter-->
+
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<h2><a name="chap05"></a>CHAPTER V<br/>
+SURPRISES</h2>
+
+<p>
+But at last the allotted moment arrived—the moment for which I had been trying
+to prepare myself, for how long I could not even guess. A great Sagoth came and
+spoke some words of command to those who watched over me. I was jerked roughly
+to my feet and with little consideration hustled upward toward the higher
+levels.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Out into the broad avenue they conducted me, where, amid huge throngs of
+Mahars, Sagoths, and heavily guarded slaves, I was led, or, rather, pushed and
+shoved roughly, along in the same direction that the mob moved. I had seen such
+a concourse of people once before in the buried city of Phutra; I guessed, and
+rightly, that we were bound for the great arena where slaves who are condemned
+to death meet their end.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Into the vast amphitheater they took me, stationing me at the extreme end of
+the arena. The queen came, with her slimy, sickening retinue. The seats were
+filled. The show was about to commence.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Then, from a little doorway in the opposite end of the structure, a girl was
+led into the arena. She was at a considerable distance from me. I could not see
+her features.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I wondered what fate awaited this other poor victim and myself, and why they
+had chosen to have us die together. My own fate, or rather, my thought of it,
+was submerged in the natural pity I felt for this lone girl, doomed to die
+horribly beneath the cold, cruel eyes of her awful captors. Of what crime could
+she be guilty that she must expiate it in the dreaded arena?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As I stood thus thinking, another door, this time at one of the long sides of
+the arena, was thrown open, and into the theater of death slunk a mighty tarag,
+the huge cave tiger of the Stone Age. At my sides were my revolvers. My captors
+had not taken them from me, because they did not yet realize their nature.
+Doubtless they thought them some strange manner of war-club, and as those who
+are condemned to the arena are permitted weapons of defense, they let me keep
+them.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The girl they had armed with a javelin. A brass pin would have been almost as
+effective against the ferocious monster they had loosed upon her.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The tarag stood for a moment looking about him—first up at the vast audience
+and then about the arena. He did not seem to see me at all, but his eyes fell
+presently upon the girl. A hideous roar broke from his titanic lungs—a roar
+which ended in a long-drawn scream that is more human than the death-cry of a
+tortured woman—more human but more awesome. I could scarce restrain a shudder.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Slowly the beast turned and moved toward the girl. Then it was that I came to
+myself and to a realization of my duty. Quickly and as noiselessly as possible
+I ran down the arena in pursuit of the grim creature. As I ran I drew one of my
+pitifully futile weapons. Ah! Could I but have had my lost express-gun in my
+hands at that moment! A single well-placed shot would have crumbled even this
+great monster. The best I could hope to accomplish was to divert the thing from
+the girl to myself and then to place as many bullets as possible in it before
+it reached and mauled me into insensibility and death.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+There is a certain unwritten law of the arena that vouchsafes freedom and
+immunity to the victor, be he beast or human being—both of whom, by the way,
+are all the same to the Mahar. That is, they were accustomed to look upon man
+as a lower animal before Perry and I broke through the Pellucidarian crust, but
+I imagine that they were beginning to alter their views a trifle and to realize
+that in the gilak—their word for human being—they had a highly organized,
+reasoning being to contend with.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Be that as it may, the chances were that the tarag alone would profit by the
+law of the arena. A few more of his long strides, a prodigious leap, and he
+would be upon the girl. I raised a revolver and fired. The bullet struck him in
+the left hind leg. It couldn’t have damaged him much; but the report of the
+shot brought him around, facing me.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I think the snarling visage of a huge, enraged, saber-toothed tiger is one of
+the most terrible sights in the world. Especially if he be snarling at you and
+there be nothing between the two of you but bare sand.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Even as he faced me a little cry from the girl carried my eyes beyond the brute
+to her face. Hers was fastened upon me with an expression of incredulity that
+baffles description. There was both hope and horror in them, too.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Dian!” I cried. “My Heavens, Dian!”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I saw her lips form the name David, as with raised javelin she rushed forward
+upon the tarag. She was a tigress then—a primitive savage female defending her
+loved one. Before she could reach the beast with her puny weapon, I fired again
+at the point where the tarag’s neck met his left shoulder. If I could get a
+bullet through there it might reach his heart. The bullet didn’t reach his
+heart, but it stopped him for an instant.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It was then that a strange thing happened. I heard a great hissing from the
+stands occupied by the Mahars, and as I glanced toward them I saw three mighty
+thipdars—the winged dragons that guard the queen, or, as Perry calls them,
+pterodactyls—rise swiftly from their rocks and dart lightning-like, toward the
+center of the arena. They are huge, powerful reptiles. One of them, with the
+advantage which his wings might give him, would easily be a match for a cave
+bear or a tarag.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+These three, to my consternation, swooped down upon the tarag as he was
+gathering himself for a final charge upon me. They buried their talons in his
+back and lifted him bodily from the arena as if he had been a chicken in the
+clutches of a hawk.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+What could it mean?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I was baffled for an explanation; but with the tarag gone I lost no time in
+hastening to Dian’s side. With a little cry of delight she threw herself into
+my arms. So lost were we in the ecstasy of reunion that neither of us—to this
+day—can tell what became of the tarag.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The first thing we were aware of was the presence of a body of Sagoths about
+us. Gruffly they commanded us to follow them. They led us from the arena and
+back through the streets of Phutra to the audience chamber in which I had been
+tried and sentenced. Here we found ourselves facing the same cold, cruel
+tribunal.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Again a Sagoth acted as interpreter. He explained that our lives had been
+spared because at the last moment Tu-al-sa had returned to Phutra, and seeing
+me in the arena had prevailed upon the queen to spare my life.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Who is Tu-al-sa?” I asked.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“A Mahar whose last male ancestor was—ages ago—the last of the male rulers
+among the Mahars,” he replied.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Why should she wish to have my life spared?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+He shrugged his shoulders and then repeated my question to the Mahar spokesman.
+When the latter had explained in the strange sign-language that passes for
+speech between the Mahars and their fighting men the Sagoth turned again to me:
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“For a long time you had Tu-al-sa in your power,” he explained. “You might
+easily have killed her or abandoned her in a strange world—but you did neither.
+You did not harm her, and you brought her back with you to Pellucidar and set
+her free to return to Phutra. This is your reward.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Now I understood. The Mahar who had been my involuntary companion upon my
+return to the outer world was Tu-al-sa. This was the first time that I had
+learned the lady’s name. I thanked fate that I had not left her upon the sands
+of the Sahara—or put a bullet in her, as I had been tempted to do. I was
+surprised to discover that gratitude was a characteristic of the dominant race
+of Pellucidar. I could never think of them as aught but cold-blooded, brainless
+reptiles, though Perry had devoted much time in explaining to me that owing to
+a strange freak of evolution among all the genera of the inner world, this
+species of the reptilia had advanced to a position quite analogous to that
+which man holds upon the outer crust.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+He had often told me that there was every reason to believe from their
+writings, which he had learned to read while we were incarcerated in Phutra,
+that they were a just race, and that in certain branches of science and arts
+they were quite well advanced, especially in genetics and metaphysics,
+engineering and architecture.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+While it had always been difficult for me to look upon these things as other
+than slimy, winged crocodiles—which, by the way, they do not at all resemble—I
+was now forced to a realization of the fact that I was in the hands of
+enlightened creatures—for justice and gratitude are certain hallmarks of
+rationality and culture.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But what they purposed for us further was of most imminent interest to me. They
+might save us from the tarag and yet not free us. They looked upon us yet, to
+some extent, I knew, as creatures of a lower order, and so as we are unable to
+place ourselves in the position of the brutes we enslave—thinking that they are
+happier in bondage than in the free fulfilment of the purposes for which nature
+intended them—the Mahars, too, might consider our welfare better conserved in
+captivity than among the dangers of the savage freedom we craved. Naturally, I
+was next impelled to inquire their further intent.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+To my question, put through the Sagoth interpreter, I received the reply that
+having spared my life they considered that Tu-al-sa’s debt of gratitude was
+canceled. They still had against me, however, the crime of which I had been
+guilty—the unforgivable crime of stealing the great secret. They, therefore,
+intended holding Dian and me prisoners until the manuscript was returned to
+them.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+They would, they said, send an escort of Sagoths with me to fetch the precious
+document from its hiding-place, keeping Dian at Phutra as a hostage and
+releasing us both the moment that the document was safely restored to their
+queen.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+There was no doubt but that they had the upper hand. However, there was so much
+more at stake than the liberty or even the lives of Dian and myself, that I did
+not deem it expedient to accept their offer without giving the matter careful
+thought.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Without the great secret this maleless race must eventually become extinct. For
+ages they had fertilized their eggs by an artificial process, the secret of
+which lay hidden in the little cave of a far-off valley where Dian and I had
+spent our honeymoon. I was none too sure that I could find the valley again,
+nor that I cared to. So long as the powerful reptilian race of Pellucidar
+continued to propagate, just so long would the position of man within the inner
+world be jeopardized. There could not be two dominant races.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I said as much to Dian.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“You used to tell me,” she replied, “of the wonderful things you could
+accomplish with the inventions of your own world. Now you have returned with
+all that is necessary to place this great power in the hands of the men of
+Pellucidar.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“You told me of great engines of destruction which would cast a bursting ball
+of metal among our enemies, killing hundreds of them at one time.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“You told me of mighty fortresses of stone which a thousand men armed with big
+and little engines such as these could hold forever against a million Sagoths.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“You told me of great canoes which moved across the water without paddles, and
+which spat death from holes in their sides.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“All these may now belong to the men of Pellucidar. Why should we fear the
+Mahars?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Let them breed! Let their numbers increase by thousands. They will be helpless
+before the power of the Emperor of Pellucidar.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“But if you remain a prisoner in Phutra, what may we accomplish?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“What could the men of Pellucidar do without you to lead them?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“They would fight among themselves, and while they fought the Mahars would fall
+upon them, and even though the Mahar race should die out, of what value would
+the emancipation of the human race be to them without the knowledge, which you
+alone may wield, to guide them toward the wonderful civilization of which you
+have told me so much that I long for its comforts and luxuries as I never
+before longed for anything.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“No, David; the Mahars cannot harm us if you are at liberty. Let them have
+their secret that you and I may return to our people, and lead them to the
+conquest of all Pellucidar.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It was plain that Dian was ambitious, and that her ambition had not dulled her
+reasoning faculties. She was right. Nothing could be gained by remaining
+bottled up in Phutra for the rest of our lives.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It was true that Perry might do much with the contents of the prospector, or
+iron mole, in which I had brought down the implements of outer-world
+civilization; but Perry was a man of peace. He could never weld the warring
+factions of the disrupted federation. He could never win new tribes to the
+empire. He would fiddle around manufacturing gun-powder and trying to improve
+upon it until some one blew him up with his own invention. He wasn’t practical.
+He never would get anywhere without a balance-wheel—without some one to direct
+his energies.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Perry needed me and I needed him. If we were going to do anything for
+Pellucidar we must be free to do it together.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The outcome of it all was that I agreed to the Mahars’ proposition. They
+promised that Dian would be well treated and protected from every indignity
+during my absence. So I set out with a hundred Sagoths in search of the little
+valley which I had stumbled upon by accident, and which I might and might not
+find again.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+We traveled directly toward Sari. Stopping at the camp where I had been
+captured I recovered my express rifle, for which I was very thankful. I found
+it lying where I had left it when I had been overpowered in my sleep by the
+Sagoths who had captured me and slain my Mezop companions.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+On the way I added materially to my map, an occupation which did not elicit
+from the Sagoths even a shadow of interest. I felt that the human race of
+Pellucidar had little to fear from these gorilla-men. They were fighters—that
+was all. We might even use them later ourselves in this same capacity. They had
+not sufficient brain power to constitute a menace to the advancement of the
+human race.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As we neared the spot where I hoped to find the little valley I became more and
+more confident of success. Every landmark was familiar to me, and I was sure
+now that I knew the exact location of the cave.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It was at about this time that I sighted a number of the half-naked warriors of
+the human race of Pellucidar. They were marching across our front. At sight of
+us they halted; that there would be a fight I could not doubt. These Sagoths
+would never permit an opportunity for the capture of slaves for their Mahar
+masters to escape them.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I saw that the men were armed with bows and arrows, long lances and swords, so
+I guessed that they must have been members of the federation, for only my
+people had been thus equipped. Before Perry and I came the men of Pellucidar
+had only the crudest weapons wherewith to slay one another.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The Sagoths, too, were evidently expecting battle. With savage shouts they
+rushed forward toward the human warriors.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Then a strange thing happened. The leader of the human beings stepped forward
+with upraised hands. The Sagoths ceased their war-cries and advanced slowly to
+meet him. There was a long parley during which I could see that I was often the
+subject of their discourse. The Sagoths’ leader pointed in the direction in
+which I had told him the valley lay. Evidently he was explaining the nature of
+our expedition to the leader of the warriors. It was all a puzzle to me.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+What human being could be upon such excellent terms with the gorilla-men?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I couldn’t imagine. I tried to get a good look at the fellow, but the Sagoths
+had left me in the rear with a guard when they had advanced to battle, and the
+distance was too great for me to recognize the features of any of the human
+beings.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Finally the parley was concluded and the men continued on their way while the
+Sagoths returned to where I stood with my guard. It was time for eating, so we
+stopped where we were and made our meal. The Sagoths didn’t tell me who it was
+they had met, and I did not ask, though I must confess that I was quite
+curious.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+They permitted me to sleep at this halt. Afterward we took up the last leg of
+our journey. I found the valley without difficulty and led my guard directly to
+the cave. At its mouth the Sagoths halted and I entered alone.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I noticed as I felt about the floor in the dim light that there was a pile of
+fresh-turned rubble there. Presently my hands came to the spot where the great
+secret had been buried. There was a cavity where I had carefully smoothed the
+earth over the hiding-place of the document—the manuscript was gone!
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Frantically I searched the whole interior of the cave several times over, but
+without other result than a complete confirmation of my worst fears. Someone
+had been here ahead of me and stolen the great secret.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The one thing within Pellucidar which might free Dian and me was gone, nor was
+it likely that I should ever learn its whereabouts. If a Mahar had found it,
+which was quite improbable, the chances were that the dominant race would never
+divulge the fact that they had recovered the precious document. If a cave man
+had happened upon it he would have no conception of its meaning or value, and
+as a consequence it would be lost or destroyed in short order.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+With bowed head and broken hopes I came out of the cave and told the Sagoth
+chieftain what I had discovered. It didn’t mean much to the fellow, who
+doubt-less had but little better idea of the contents of the document I had
+been sent to fetch to his masters than would the cave man who in all
+probability had discovered it.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The Sagoth knew only that I had failed in my mission, so he took advantage of
+the fact to make the return journey to Phutra as disagreeable as possible. I
+did not rebel, though I had with me the means to destroy them all. I did not
+dare rebel because of the consequences to Dian. I intended demanding her
+release on the grounds that she was in no way guilty of the theft, and that my
+failure to recover the document had not lessened the value of the good faith I
+had had in offering to do so. The Mahars might keep me in slavery if they
+chose, but Dian should be returned safely to her people.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I was full of my scheme when we entered Phutra and I was conducted directly to
+the great audience-chamber. The Mahars listened to the report of the Sagoth
+chieftain, and so difficult is it to judge their emotions from their almost
+expressionless countenance, that I was at a loss to know how terrible might be
+their wrath as they learned that their great secret, upon which rested the fate
+of their race, might now be irretrievably lost.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Presently I could see that she who presided was communicating something to the
+Sagoth interpreter—doubt-less something to be transmitted to me which might
+give me a forewarning of the fate which lay in store for me. One thing I had
+decided definitely: If they would not free Dian I should turn loose upon Phutra
+with my little arsenal. Alone I might even win to freedom, and if I could learn
+where Dian was imprisoned it would be worth the attempt to free her. My
+thoughts were interrupted by the interpreter.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“The mighty Mahars,” he said, “are unable to reconcile your statement that the
+document is lost with your action in sending it to them by a special messenger.
+They wish to know if you have so soon forgotten the truth or if you are merely
+ignoring it.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“I sent them no document,” I cried. “Ask them what they mean.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“They say,” he went on after conversing with the Mahar for a moment, “that just
+before your return to Phutra, Hooja the Sly One came, bringing the great secret
+with him. He said that you had sent him ahead with it, asking him to deliver it
+and return to Sari where you would await him, bringing the girl with him.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Dian?” I gasped. “The Mahars have given over Dian into the keeping of Hooja.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Surely,” he replied. “What of it? She is only a gilak,” as you or I would say,
+“She is only a cow.”
+</p>
+
+</div><!--end chapter-->
+
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<h2><a name="chap06"></a>CHAPTER VI<br/>
+A PENDENT WORLD</h2>
+
+<p>
+The Mahars set me free as they had promised, but with strict injunctions never
+to approach Phutra or any other Mahar city. They also made it perfectly plain
+that they considered me a dangerous creature, and that having wiped the slate
+clean in so far as they were under obligations to me, they now considered me
+fair prey. Should I again fall into their hands, they intimated it would go ill
+with me.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+They would not tell me in which direction Hooja had set forth with Dian, so I
+departed from Phutra, filled with bitterness against the Mahars, and rage
+toward the Sly One who had once again robbed me of my greatest treasure.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+At first I was minded to go directly back to Anoroc; but upon second thought
+turned my face toward Sari, as I felt that somewhere in that direction Hooja
+would travel, his own country lying in that general direction.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Of my journey to Sari it is only necessary to say that it was fraught with the
+usual excitement and adventure, incident to all travel across the face of
+savage Pellucidar. The dangers, however, were greatly reduced through the
+medium of my armament. I often wondered how it had happened that I had ever
+survived the first ten years of my life within the inner world, when, naked and
+primitively armed, I had traversed great areas of her beast-ridden surface.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+With the aid of my map, which I had kept with great care during my march with
+the Sagoths in search of the great secret, I arrived at Sari at last. As I
+topped the lofty plateau in whose rocky cliffs the principal tribe of Sarians
+find their cave-homes, a great hue and cry arose from those who first
+discovered me.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Like wasps from their nests the hairy warriors poured from their caves. The
+bows with their poison-tipped arrows, which I had taught them to fashion and to
+use, were raised against me. Swords of hammered iron—another of my
+innovations—menaced me, as with lusty shouts the horde charged down.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It was a critical moment. Before I should be recognized I might be dead. It was
+evident that all semblance of intertribal relationship had ceased with my
+going, and that my people had reverted to their former savage, suspicious
+hatred of all strangers. My garb must have puzzled them, too, for never before
+of course had they seen a man clothed in khaki and puttees.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Leaning my express rifle against my body I raised both hands aloft. It was the
+peace-sign that is recognized everywhere upon the surface of Pellucidar. The
+charging warriors paused and surveyed me. I looked for my friend Ghak, the
+Hairy One, king of Sari, and presently I saw him coming from a distance. Ah,
+but it was good to see his mighty, hairy form once more! A friend was Ghak—a
+friend well worth the having; and it had been some time since I had seen a
+friend.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Shouldering his way through the throng of warriors, the mighty chieftain
+advanced toward me. There was an expression of puzzlement upon his fine
+features. He crossed the space between the warriors and myself, halting before
+me.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I did not speak. I did not even smile. I wanted to see if Ghak, my principal
+lieutenant, would recognize me. For some time he stood there looking me over
+carefully. His eyes took in my large pith helmet, my khaki jacket, and
+bandoleers of cartridges, the two revolvers swinging at my hips, the large
+rifle resting against my body. Still I stood with my hands above my head. He
+examined my puttees and my strong tan shoes—a little the worse for wear now.
+Then he glanced up once more to my face. As his gaze rested there quite
+steadily for some moments I saw recognition tinged with awe creep across his
+countenance.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Presently without a word he took one of my hands in his and dropping to one
+knee raised my fingers to his lips. Perry had taught them this trick, nor ever
+did the most polished courtier of all the grand courts of Europe perform the
+little act of homage with greater grace and dignity.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Quickly I raised Ghak to his feet, clasping both his hands in mine. I think
+there must have been tears in my eyes then—I know I felt too full for words.
+The king of Sari turned toward his warriors.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Our emperor has come back,” he announced. “Come hither and—”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But he got no further, for the shouts that broke from those savage throats
+would have drowned the voice of heaven itself. I had never guessed how much
+they thought of me. As they clustered around, almost fighting for the chance to
+kiss my hand, I saw again the vision of empire which I had thought faded
+forever.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+With such as these I could conquer a world. With such as these I <i>would</i>
+conquer one! If the Sarians had remained loyal, so too would the Amozites be
+loyal still, and the Kalians, and the Suvians, and all the great tribes who had
+formed the federation that was to emancipate the human race of Pellucidar.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Perry was safe with the Mezops; I was safe with the Sarians; now if Dian were
+but safe with me the future would look bright indeed.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It did not take long to outline to Ghak all that had befallen me since I had
+departed from Pellucidar, and to get down to the business of finding Dian,
+which to me at that moment was of even greater importance than the very empire
+itself.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+When I told him that Hooja had stolen her, he stamped his foot in rage.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“It is always the Sly One!” he cried. “It was Hooja who caused the first
+trouble between you and the Beautiful One.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“It was Hooja who betrayed our trust, and all but caused our recapture by the
+Sagoths that time we escaped from Phutra.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“It was Hooja who tricked you and substituted a Mahar for Dian when you started
+upon your return journey to your own world.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“It was Hooja who schemed and lied until he had turned the kingdoms one against
+another and destroyed the federation.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“When we had him in our power we were foolish to let him live. Next time—”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Ghak did not need to finish his sentence.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“He has become a very powerful enemy now,” I replied. “That he is allied in
+some way with the Mahars is evidenced by the familiarity of his relations with
+the Sagoths who were accompanying me in search of the great secret, for it must
+have been Hooja whom I saw conversing with them just before we reached the
+valley. Doubtless they told him of our quest and he hastened on ahead of us,
+discovered the cave and stole the document. Well does he deserve his
+appellation of the Sly One.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+With Ghak and his head men I held a number of consultations. The upshot of them
+was a decision to combine our search for Dian with an attempt to rebuild the
+crumbled federation. To this end twenty warriors were despatched in pairs to
+ten of the leading kingdoms, with instructions to make every effort to discover
+the whereabouts of Hooja and Dian, while prosecuting their missions to the
+chieftains to whom they were sent.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Ghak was to remain at home to receive the various delegations which we invited
+to come to Sari on the business of the federation. Four hundred warriors were
+started for Anoroc to fetch Perry and the contents of the prospector, to the
+capitol of the empire, which was also the principal settlements of the Sarians.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+At first it was intended that I remain at Sari, that I might be in readiness to
+hasten forth at the first report of the discovery of Dian; but I found the
+inaction in the face of my deep solicitude for the welfare of my mate so
+galling that scarce had the several units departed upon their missions before
+I, too, chafed to be actively engaged upon the search.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It was after my second sleep, subsequent to the departure of the warriors, as I
+recall, that I at last went to Ghak with the admission that I could no longer
+support the intolerable longing to be personally upon the trail of my lost
+love.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Ghak tried to dissuade me, though I could tell that his heart was with me in my
+wish to be away and really doing something. It was while we were arguing upon
+the subject that a stranger, with hands above his head, entered the village. He
+was immediately surrounded by warriors and conducted to Ghak’s presence.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The fellow was a typical cave man-squat muscular, and hairy, and of a type I
+had not seen before. His features, like those of all the primeval men of
+Pellucidar, were regular and fine. His weapons consisted of a stone ax and
+knife and a heavy knobbed bludgeon of wood. His skin was very white.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Who are you?” asked Ghak. “And whence come you?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“I am Kolk, son of Goork, who is chief of the Thurians,” replied the stranger.
+“From Thuria I have come in search of the land of Amoz, where dwells Dacor, the
+Strong One, who stole my sister, Canda, the Grace-ful One, to be his mate.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“We of Thuria had heard of a great chieftain who has bound together many
+tribes, and my father has sent me to Dacor to learn if there be truth in these
+stories, and if so to offer the services of Thuria to him whom we have heard
+called emperor.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“The stories are true,” replied Ghak, “and here is the emperor of whom you have
+heard. You need travel no farther.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Kolk was delighted. He told us much of the wonderful resources of Thuria, the
+Land of Awful Shadow, and of his long journey in search of Amoz.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“And why,” I asked, “does Goork, your father, desire to join his kingdom to the
+empire?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“There are two reasons,” replied the young man. “Forever have the Mahars, who
+dwell beyond the Lidi Plains which lie at the farther rim of the Land of Awful
+Shadow, taken heavy toll of our people, whom they either force into lifelong
+slavery or fatten for their feasts. We have heard that the great emperor makes
+successful war upon the Mahars, against whom we should be glad to fight.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Recently has another reason come. Upon a great island which lies in the Sojar
+Az, but a short distance from our shores, a wicked man has collected a great
+band of outcast warriors of all tribes. Even are there many Sagoths among them,
+sent by the Mahars to aid the Wicked One.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“This band makes raids upon our villages, and it is constantly growing in size
+and strength, for the Mahars give liberty to any of their male prisoners who
+will promise to fight with this band against the enemies of the Mahars. It is
+the purpose of the Mahars thus to raise a force of our own kind to combat the
+growth and menace of the new empire of which I have come to seek information.
+All this we learned from one of our own warriors who had pretended to
+sympathize with this band and had then escaped at the first opportunity.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Who could this man be,” I asked Ghak, “who leads so vile a movement against
+his own kind?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“His name is Hooja,” spoke up Kolk, answering my question.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Ghak and I looked at each other. Relief was written upon his countenance and I
+know that it was beating strongly in my heart. At last we had discovered a
+tangible clue to the whereabouts of Hooja—and with the clue a guide!
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But when I broached the subject to Kolk he demurred. He had come a long way, he
+explained, to see his sister and to confer with Dacor. Moreover, he had
+instructions from his father which he could not ignore lightly. But even so he
+would return with me and show me the way to the island of the Thurian shore if
+by doing so we might accomplish anything.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“But we cannot,” he urged. “Hooja is powerful. He has thousands of warriors. He
+has only to call upon his Mahar allies to receive a countless horde of Sagoths
+to do his bidding against his human enemies.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Let us wait until you may gather an equal horde from the kingdoms of your
+empire. Then we may march against Hooja with some show of success.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“But first must you lure him to the mainland, for who among you knows how to
+construct the strange things that carry Hooja and his band back and forth
+across the water?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“We are not island people. We do not go upon the water. We know nothing of such
+things.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I couldn’t persuade him to do more than direct me upon the way. I showed him my
+map, which now included a great area of country extending from Anoroc upon the
+east to Sari upon the west, and from the river south of the Mountains of the
+Clouds north to Amoz. As soon as I had explained it to him he drew a line with
+his finger, showing a sea-coast far to the west and south of Sari, and a great
+circle which he said marked the extent of the Land of Awful Shadow in which lay
+Thuria.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The shadow extended southeast of the coast out into the sea half-way to a large
+island, which he said was the seat of Hooja’s traitorous government. The island
+itself lay in the light of the noonday sun. Northwest of the coast and
+embracing a part of Thuria lay the Lidi Plains, upon the northwestern verge of
+which was situated the Mahar city which took such heavy toll of the Thurians.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Thus were the unhappy people now between two fires, with Hooja upon one side
+and the Mahars upon the other. I did not wonder that they sent out an appeal
+for succor.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Though Ghak and Kolk both attempted to dissuade me, I was determined to set out
+at once, nor did I delay longer than to make a copy of my map to be given to
+Perry that he might add to his that which I had set down since we parted. I
+left a letter for him as well, in which among other things I advanced the
+theory that the Sojar Az, or Great Sea, which Kolk mentioned as stretching
+eastward from Thuria, might indeed be the same mighty ocean as that which,
+swinging around the southern end of a continent ran northward along the shore
+opposite Phutra, mingling its waters with the huge gulf upon which lay Sari,
+Amoz, and Greenwich.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Against this possibility I urged him to hasten the building of a fleet of small
+sailing-vessels, which we might utilize should I find it impossible to entice
+Hooja’s horde to the mainland.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I told Ghak what I had written, and suggested that as soon as he could he
+should make new treaties with the various kingdoms of the empire, collect an
+army and march toward Thuria—this of course against the possibility of my
+detention through some cause or other.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Kolk gave me a sign to his father—a lidi, or beast of burden, crudely scratched
+upon a bit of bone, and beneath the lidi a man and a flower; all very rudely
+done perhaps, but none the less effective as I well knew from my long years
+among the primitive men of Pellucidar.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The lidi is the tribal beast of the Thurians; the man and the flower in the
+combination in which they appeared bore a double significance, as they
+constituted not only a message to the effect that the bearer came in peace, but
+were also Kolk’s signature.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+And so, armed with my credentials and my small arsenal, I set out alone upon my
+quest for the dearest girl in this world or yours.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Kolk gave me explicit directions, though with my map I do not believe that I
+could have gone wrong. As a matter of fact I did not need the map at all, since
+the principal landmark of the first half of my journey, a gigantic
+mountain-peak, was plainly visible from Sari, though a good hundred miles away.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+At the southern base of this mountain a river rose and ran in a westerly
+direction, finally turning south and emptying into the Sojar Az some forty
+miles northeast of Thuria. All that I had to do was follow this river to the
+sea and then follow the coast to Thuria.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Two hundred and forty miles of wild mountain and primeval jungle, of untracked
+plain, of nameless rivers, of deadly swamps and savage forests lay ahead of me,
+yet never had I been more eager for an adventure than now, for never had more
+depended upon haste and success.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I do not know how long a time that journey required, and only half did I
+appreciate the varied wonders that each new march unfolded before me, for my
+mind and heart were filled with but a single image—that of a perfect girl whose
+great, dark eyes looked bravely forth from a frame of raven hair.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It was not until I had passed the high peak and found the river that my eyes
+first discovered the pendent world, the tiny satellite which hangs low over the
+surface of Pellucidar casting its perpetual shadow always upon the same
+spot—the area that is known here as the Land of Awful Shadow, in which dwells
+the tribe of Thuria.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+From the distance and the elevation of the highlands where I stood the
+Pellucidarian noonday moon showed half in sunshine and half in shadow, while
+directly beneath it was plainly visible the round dark spot upon the surface of
+Pellucidar where the sun has never shone. From where I stood the moon appeared
+to hang so low above the ground as almost to touch it; but later I was to learn
+that it floats a mile above the surface—which seems indeed quite close for a
+moon.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Following the river downward I soon lost sight of the tiny planet as I entered
+the mazes of a lofty forest. Nor did I catch another glimpse of it for some
+time—several marches at least. However, when the river led me to the sea, or
+rather just before it reached the sea, of a sudden the sky became overcast and
+the size and luxuriance of the vegetation diminished as by magic—as if an
+omni-potent hand had drawn a line upon the earth, and said:
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Upon this side shall the trees and the shrubs, the grasses and the flowers,
+riot in profusion of rich colors, gigantic size and bewildering abundance; and
+upon that side shall they be dwarfed and pale and scant.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Instantly I looked above, for clouds are so uncommon in the skies of
+Pellucidar—they are practically unknown except above the mightiest mountain
+ranges—that it had given me something of a start to discover the sun
+obliterated. But I was not long in coming to a realization of the cause of the
+shadow.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Above me hung another world. I could see its mountains and valleys, oceans,
+lakes, and rivers, its broad, grassy plains and dense forests. But too great
+was the distance and too deep the shadow of its under side for me to
+distinguish any movement as of animal life.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Instantly a great curiosity was awakened within me. The questions which the
+sight of this planet, so tantalizingly close, raised in my mind were numerous
+and unanswerable.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Was it inhabited?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If so, by what manner and form of creature?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Were its people as relatively diminutive as their little world, or were they as
+disproportionately huge as the lesser attraction of gravity upon the surface of
+their globe would permit of their being?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As I watched it, I saw that it was revolving upon an axis that lay parallel to
+the surface of Pellucidar, so that during each revolution its entire surface
+was once exposed to the world below and once bathed in the heat of the great
+sun above. The little world had that which Pellucidar could not have—a day and
+night, and—greatest of boons to one outer-earthly born—time.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Here I saw a chance to give time to Pellucidar, using this mighty clock,
+revolving perpetually in the heavens, to record the passage of the hours for
+the earth below. Here should be located an observatory, from which might be
+flashed by wireless to every corner of the empire the correct time once each
+day. That this time would be easily measured I had no doubt, since so plain
+were the landmarks upon the under surface of the satellite that it would be but
+necessary to erect a simple instrument and mark the instant of passage of a
+given landmark across the instrument.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But then was not the time for dreaming; I must devote my mind to the purpose of
+my journey. So I hastened onward beneath the great shadow. As I advanced I
+could not but note the changing nature of the vegetation and the paling of its
+hues.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The river led me a short distance within the shadow before it emptied into the
+Sojar Az. Then I continued in a southerly direction along the coast toward the
+village of Thuria, where I hoped to find Goork and deliver to him my
+credentials.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I had progressed no great distance from the mouth of the river when I
+discerned, lying some distance at sea, a great island. This I assumed to be the
+stronghold of Hooja, nor did I doubt that upon it even now was Dian.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The way was most difficult, since shortly after leaving the river I encountered
+lofty cliffs split by numerous long, narrow fiords, each of which necessitated
+a considerable detour. As the crow flies it is about twenty miles from the
+mouth of the river to Thuria, but before I had covered half of it I was fagged.
+There was no familiar fruit or vegetable growing upon the rocky soil of the
+cliff-tops, and I would have fared ill for food had not a hare broken cover
+almost beneath my nose.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I carried bow and arrows to conserve my ammunition-supply, but so quick was the
+little animal that I had no time to draw and fit a shaft. In fact my dinner was
+a hundred yards away and going like the proverbial bat when I dropped my
+six-shooter on it. It was a pretty shot and when coupled with a good dinner
+made me quite contented with myself.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+After eating I lay down and slept. When I awoke I was scarcely so
+self-satisfied, for I had not more than opened my eyes before I became aware of
+the presence, barely a hundred yards from me, of a pack of some twenty huge
+wolf-dogs—the things which Perry insisted upon calling hyaenodons—and almost
+simultaneously I discovered that while I slept my revolvers, rifle, bow,
+arrows, and knife had been stolen from me.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+And the wolf-dog pack was preparing to rush me.
+</p>
+
+</div><!--end chapter-->
+
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<h2><a name="chap07"></a>CHAPTER VII<br/>
+FROM PLIGHT TO PLIGHT</h2>
+
+<p>
+I have never been much of a runner; I hate running. But if ever a sprinter
+broke into smithereens all world’s records it was I that day when I fled before
+those hideous beasts along the narrow spit of rocky cliff between two narrow
+fiords toward the Sojar Az. Just as I reached the verge of the cliff the
+foremost of the brutes was upon me. He leaped and closed his massive jaws upon
+my shoulder.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The momentum of his flying body, added to that of my own, carried the two of us
+over the cliff. It was a hideous fall. The cliff was almost perpendicular. At
+its foot broke the sea against a solid wall of rock.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+We struck the cliff-face once in our descent and then plunged into the salt
+sea. With the impact with the water the hyaenodon released his hold upon my
+shoulder.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As I came sputtering to the surface I looked about for some tiny foot- or
+hand-hold where I might cling for a moment of rest and recuperation. The cliff
+itself offered me nothing, so I swam toward the mouth of the fiord.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+At the far end I could see that erosion from above had washed down sufficient
+rubble to form a narrow ribbon of beach. Toward this I swam with all my
+strength. Not once did I look behind me, since every unnecessary movement in
+swimming detracts so much from one’s endurance and speed. Not until I had drawn
+myself safely out upon the beach did I turn my eyes back toward the sea for the
+hyaenodon. He was swimming slowly and apparently painfully toward the beach
+upon which I stood.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I watched him for a long time, wondering why it was that such a doglike animal
+was not a better swimmer. As he neared me I realized that he was weakening
+rapidly. I had gathered a handful of stones to be ready for his assault when he
+landed, but in a moment I let them fall from my hands. It was evident that the
+brute either was no swimmer or else was severely injured, for by now he was
+making practically no headway. Indeed, it was with quite apparent difficulty
+that he kept his nose above the surface of the sea.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+He was not more than fifty yards from shore when he went under. I watched the
+spot where he had disappeared, and in a moment I saw his head reappear. The
+look of dumb misery in his eyes struck a chord in my breast, for I love dogs. I
+forgot that he was a vicious, primordial wolf-thing—a man-eater, a scourge, and
+a terror. I saw only the sad eyes that looked like the eyes of Raja, my dead
+collie of the outer world.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I did not stop to weigh and consider. In other words, I did not stop to think,
+which I believe must be the way of men who do things—in contradistinction to
+those who think much and do nothing. Instead, I leaped back into the water and
+swam out toward the drowning beast. At first he showed his teeth at my
+approach, but just before I reached him he went under for the second time, so
+that I had to dive to get him.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I grabbed him by the scruff of the neck, and though he weighed as much as a
+Shetland pony, I managed to drag him to shore and well up upon the beach. Here
+I found that one of his forelegs was broken—the crash against the cliff-face
+must have done it.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+By this time all the fight was out of him, so that when I had gathered a few
+tiny branches from some of the stunted trees that grew in the crevices of the
+cliff, and returned to him he permitted me to set his broken leg and bind it in
+splints. I had to tear part of my shirt into bits to obtain a bandage, but at
+last the job was done. Then I sat stroking the savage head and talking to the
+beast in the man-dog talk with which you are familiar, if you ever owned and
+loved a dog.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+When he is well, I thought, he probably will turn upon me and attempt to devour
+me, and against that eventuality I gathered together a pile of rocks and set to
+work to fashion a stone-knife. We were bottled up at the head of the fiord as
+completely as if we had been behind prison bars. Before us spread the Sojar Az,
+and elsewhere about us rose unscalable cliffs.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Fortunately a little rivulet trickled down the side of the rocky wall, giving
+us ample supply of fresh water—some of which I kept constantly beside the
+hyaenodon in a huge, bowl-shaped shell, of which there were countless numbers
+among the rubble of the beach.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+For food we subsisted upon shellfish and an occasional bird that I succeeded in
+knocking over with a rock, for long practice as a pitcher on prep-school and
+varsity nines had made me an excellent shot with a hand-thrown missile.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It was not long before the hyaenodon’s leg was sufficiently mended to permit
+him to rise and hobble about on three legs. I shall never forget with what
+intent interest I watched his first attempt. Close at my hand lay my pile of
+rocks. Slowly the beast came to his three good feet. He stretched himself,
+lowered his head, and lapped water from the drinking-shell at his side, turned
+and looked at me, and then hobbled off toward the cliffs.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Thrice he traversed the entire extent of our prison, seeking, I imagine, a
+loop-hole for escape, but finding none he returned in my direction. Slowly he
+came quite close to me, sniffed at my shoes, my puttees, my hands, and then
+limped off a few feet and lay down again.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Now that he was able to get around, I was a little uncertain as to the wisdom
+of my impulsive mercy.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+How could I sleep with that ferocious thing prowling about the narrow confines
+of our prison?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Should I close my eyes it might be to open them again to the feel of those
+mighty jaws at my throat. To say the least, I was uncomfortable.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I have had too much experience with dumb animals to bank very strongly on any
+sense of gratitude which may be attributed to them by inexperienced
+sentimentalists. I believe that some animals love their masters, but I doubt
+very much if their affection is the outcome of gratitude—a characteristic that
+is so rare as to be only occasionally traceable in the seemingly unselfish acts
+of man himself.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But finally I was forced to sleep. Tired nature would be put off no longer. I
+simply fell asleep, willy nilly, as I sat looking out to sea. I had been very
+uncomfortable since my ducking in the ocean, for though I could see the
+sunlight on the water half-way toward the island and upon the island itself, no
+ray of it fell upon us. We were well within the Land of Awful Shadow. A
+perpetual half-warmth pervaded the atmosphere, but clothing was slow in drying,
+and so from loss of sleep and great physical discomfort, I at last gave way to
+nature’s demands and sank into profound slumber.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+When I awoke it was with a start, for a heavy body was upon me. My first
+thought was that the hyaenodon had at last attacked me, but as my eyes opened
+and I struggled to rise, I saw that a man was astride me and three others
+bending close above him.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I am no weakling—and never have been. My experience in the hard life of the
+inner world has turned my thews to steel. Even such giants as Ghak the Hairy
+One have praised my strength; but to it is added another quality which they
+lack—science.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The man upon me held me down awkwardly, leaving me many openings—one of which I
+was not slow in taking advantage of, so that almost before the fellow knew that
+I was awake I was upon my feet with my arms over his shoulders and about his
+waist and had hurled him heavily over my head to the hard rubble of the beach,
+where he lay quite still.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In the instant that I arose I had seen the hyaenodon lying asleep beside a
+boulder a few yards away. So nearly was he the color of the rock that he was
+scarcely discernible. Evidently the newcomers had not seen him.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I had not more than freed myself from one of my antagonists before the other
+three were upon me. They did not work silently now, but charged me with savage
+cries—a mistake upon their part. The fact that they did not draw their weapons
+against me convinced me that they desired to take me alive; but I fought as
+desperately as if death loomed immediate and sure.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The battle was short, for scarce had their first wild whoop reverberated
+through the rocky fiord, and they had closed upon me, than a hairy mass of
+demoniacal rage hurtled among us.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It was the hyaenodon!
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In an instant he had pulled down one of the men, and with a single shake,
+terrier-like, had broken his neck. Then he was upon another. In their efforts
+to vanquish the wolf-dog the savages forgot all about me, thus giving me an
+instant in which to snatch a knife from the loin-string of him who had first
+fallen and account for another of them. Almost simultaneously the hyaenodon
+pulled down the remaining enemy, crushing his skull with a single bite of those
+fearsome jaws.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The battle was over—unless the beast considered me fair prey, too. I waited,
+ready for him with knife and bludgeon—also filched from a dead foeman; but he
+paid no attention to me, falling to work instead to devour one of the corpses.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The beast bad been handicapped but little by his splinted leg; but having eaten
+he lay down and commenced to gnaw at the bandage. I was sitting some little
+distance away devouring shellfish, of which, by the way, I was becoming
+exceedingly tired.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Presently, the hyaenodon arose and came toward me. I did not move. He stopped
+in front of me and deliberately raised his bandaged leg and pawed my knee. His
+act was as intelligible as words—he wished the bandage removed.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I took the great paw in one hand and with the other hand untied and unwound the
+bandage, removed the splints and felt of the injured member. As far as I could
+judge the bone was completely knit. The joint was stiff; when I bent it a
+little the brute winced—but he neither growled nor tried to pull away. Very
+slowly and gently I rubbed the joint and applied pressure to it for a few
+moments.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Then I set it down upon the ground. The hyaenodon walked around me a few times,
+and then lay down at my side, his body touching mine. I laid my hand upon his
+head. He did not move. Slowly, I scratched about his ears and neck and down
+beneath the fierce jaws. The only sign he gave was to raise his chin a trifle
+that I might better caress him.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+That was enough! From that moment I have never again felt suspicion of Raja, as
+I immediately named him. Somehow all sense of loneliness vanished, too—I had a
+dog! I had never guessed precisely what it was that was lacking to life in
+Pellucidar, but now I knew it was the total absence of domestic animals.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Man here had not yet reached the point where he might take the time from
+slaughter and escaping slaughter to make friends with any of the brute
+creation. I must qualify this statement a trifle and say that this was true of
+those tribes with which I was most familiar. The Thurians do domesticate the
+colossal lidi, traversing the great Lidi Plains upon the backs of these
+grotesque and stupendous monsters, and possibly there may also be other,
+far-distant peoples within the great world, who have tamed others of the wild
+things of jungle, plain or mountain.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The Thurians practice agriculture in a crude sort of way. It is my opinion that
+this is one of the earliest steps from savagery to civilization. The taming of
+wild beasts and their domestication follows.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Perry argues that wild dogs were first domesticated for hunting purposes; but I
+do not agree with him. I believe that if their domestication were not purely
+the result of an accident, as, for example, my taming of the hyaenodon, it came
+about through the desire of tribes who had previously domesticated flocks and
+herds to have some strong, ferocious beast to guard their roaming property.
+However, I lean rather more strongly to the theory of accident.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As I sat there upon the beach of the little fiord eating my unpalatable
+shell-fish, I commenced to wonder how it had been that the four savages had
+been able to reach me, though I had been unable to escape from my natural
+prison. I glanced about in all directions, searching for an explanation. At
+last my eyes fell upon the bow of a small dugout protruding scarce a foot from
+behind a large boulder lying half in the water at the edge of the beach.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+At my discovery I leaped to my feet so suddenly that it brought Raja, growling
+and bristling, upon all fours in an instant. For the moment I had forgotten
+him. But his savage rumbling did not cause me any uneasiness. He glanced
+quickly about in all directions as if searching for the cause of my excitement.
+Then, as I walked rapidly down toward the dugout, he slunk silently after me.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The dugout was similar in many respects to those which I had seen in use by the
+Mezops. In it were four paddles. I was much delighted, as it promptly offered
+me the escape I had been craving.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I pushed it out into water that would float it, stepped in and called to Raja
+to enter. At first he did not seem to understand what I wished of him, but
+after I had paddled out a few yards he plunged through the surf and swam after
+me. When he had come alongside I grasped the scruff of his neck, and after a
+considerable struggle, in which I several times came near to overturning the
+canoe, I managed to drag him aboard, where he shook himself vigorously and
+squatted down before me.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+After emerging from the fiord, I paddled southward along the coast, where
+presently the lofty cliffs gave way to lower and more level country. It was
+here somewhere that I should come upon the principal village of the Thurians.
+When, after a time, I saw in the distance what I took to be huts in a clearing
+near the shore, I drew quickly into land, for though I had been furnished
+credentials by Kolk, I was not sufficiently familiar with the tribal
+characteristics of these people to know whether I should receive a friendly
+welcome or not; and in case I should not, I wanted to be sure of having a canoe
+hidden safely away so that I might undertake the trip to the island, in any
+event—provided, of course, that I escaped the Thurians should they prove
+belligerent.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+At the point where I landed the shore was quite low. A forest of pale, scrubby
+ferns ran down almost to the beach. Here I dragged up the dugout, hiding it
+well within the vegetation, and with some loose rocks built a cairn upon the
+beach to mark my cache. Then I turned my steps toward the Thurian village.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As I proceeded I began to speculate upon the possible actions of Raja when we
+should enter the presence of other men than myself. The brute was padding
+softly at my side, his sensitive nose constantly atwitch and his fierce eyes
+moving restlessly from side to side—nothing would ever take Raja unawares!
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The more I thought upon the matter the greater became my perturbation. I did
+not want Raja to attack any of the people upon whose friendship I so greatly
+depended, nor did I want him injured or slain by them.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I wondered if Raja would stand for a leash. His head as he paced beside me was
+level with my hip. I laid my hand upon it caressingly. As I did so he turned
+and looked up into my face, his jaws parting and his red tongue lolling as you
+have seen your own dog’s beneath a love pat.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Just been waiting all your life to be tamed and loved, haven’t you, old man?”
+I asked. “You’re nothing but a good pup, and the man who put the hyaeno in your
+name ought to be sued for libel.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Raja bared his mighty fangs with upcurled, snarling lips and licked my hand.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“You’re grinning, you old fraud, you!” I cried. “If you’re not, I’ll eat you.
+I’ll bet a doughnut you’re nothing but some kid’s poor old Fido, masquerading
+around as a real, live man-eater.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Raja whined. And so we walked on together toward Thuria—I talking to the beast
+at my side, and he seeming to enjoy my company no less than I enjoyed his. If
+you don’t think it’s lonesome wandering all by yourself through savage, unknown
+Pellucidar, why, just try it, and you will not wonder that I was glad of the
+company of this first dog—this living replica of the fierce and now extinct
+hyaenodon of the outer crust that hunted in savage packs the great elk across
+the snows of southern France, in the days when the mastodon roamed at will over
+the broad continent of which the British Isles were then a part, and perchance
+left his footprints and his bones in the sands of Atlantis as well.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Thus I dreamed as we moved on toward Thuria. My dreaming was rudely shattered
+by a savage growl from Raja. I looked down at him. He had stopped in his tracks
+as one turned to stone. A thin ridge of stiff hair bristled along the entire
+length of his spine. His yellow green eyes were fastened upon the scrubby
+jungle at our right.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I fastened my fingers in the bristles at his neck and turned my eyes in the
+direction that his pointed. At first I saw nothing. Then a slight movement of
+the bushes riveted my attention. I thought it must be some wild beast, and was
+glad of the primitive weapons I had taken from the bodies of the warriors who
+had attacked me.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Presently I distinguished two eyes peering at us from the vegetation. I took a
+step in their direction, and as I did so a youth arose and fled precipitately
+in the direction we had been going. Raja struggled to be after him, but I held
+tightly to his neck, an act which he did not seem to relish, for he turned on
+me with bared fangs.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I determined that now was as good a time as any to discover just how deep was
+Raja’s affection for me. One of us could be master, and logically I was the
+one. He growled at me. I cuffed him sharply across the nose. He looked it me
+for a moment in surprised bewilderment, and then he growled again. I made
+another feint at him, expecting that it would bring him at my throat; but
+instead he winced and crouched down.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Raja was subdued!
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I stooped and patted him. Then I took a piece of the rope that constituted a
+part of my equipment and made a leash for him.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Thus we resumed our journey toward Thuria. The youth who had seen us was
+evidently of the Thurians. That he had lost no time in racing homeward and
+spreading the word of my coming was evidenced when we had come within sight of
+the clearing, and the village—the first real village, by the way, that I had
+ever seen constructed by human Pellucidarians. There was a rude rectangle
+walled with logs and boulders, in which were a hundred or more thatched huts of
+similar construction. There was no gate. Ladders that could be removed by night
+led over the palisade.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Before the village were assembled a great concourse of warriors. Inside I could
+see the heads of women and children peering over the top of the wall; and also,
+farther back, the long necks of lidi, topped by their tiny heads. Lidi, by the
+way, is both the singular and plural form of the noun that describes the huge
+beasts of burden of the Thurians. They are enormous quadrupeds, eighty or a
+hundred feet long, with very small heads perched at the top of very long,
+slender necks. Their heads are quite forty feet from the ground. Their gait is
+slow and deliberate, but so enormous are their strides that, as a matter of
+fact, they cover the ground quite rapidly.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Perry has told me that they are almost identical with the fossilized remains of
+the diplodocus of the outer crust’s Jurassic age. I have to take his word for
+it—and I guess you will, unless you know more of such matters than I.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As we came in sight of the warriors the men set up a great jabbering. Their
+eyes were wide in astonishment—not only, I presume, because of my strange
+garmenture, but as well from the fact that I came in company with a jalok,
+which is the Pellucidarian name of the hyaenodon.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Raja tugged at his leash, growling and showing his long white fangs. He would
+have liked nothing better than to be at the throats of the whole aggregation;
+but I held him in with the leash, though it took all my strength to do it. My
+free hand I held above my head, palm out, in token of the peacefulness of my
+mission.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In the foreground I saw the youth who had discovered us, and I could tell from
+the way he carried himself that he was quite overcome by his own importance.
+The warriors about him were all fine looking fellows, though shorter and
+squatter than the Sarians or the Amozites. Their color, too, was a bit lighter,
+owing, no doubt, to the fact that much of their lives is spent within the
+shadow of the world that hangs forever above their country.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+A little in advance of the others was a bearded fellow tricked out in many
+ornaments. I didn’t need to ask to know that he was the chieftain—doubtless
+Goork, father of Kolk. Now to him I addressed myself.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“I am David,” I said, “Emperor of the Federated Kingdoms of Pellucidar.
+Doubtless you have heard of me?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+He nodded his head affirmatively.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“I come from Sari,” I continued, “where I just met Kolk, the son of Goork. I
+bear a token from Kolk to his father, which will prove that I am a friend.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Again the warrior nodded. “I am Goork,” he said. “Where is the token?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Here,” I replied, and fished into the game-bag where I had placed it.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Goork and his people waited in silence. My hand searched the inside of the bag.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It was empty!
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The token had been stolen with my arms!
+</p>
+
+</div><!--end chapter-->
+
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<h2><a name="chap08"></a>CHAPTER VIII<br/>
+CAPTIVE</h2>
+
+<p>
+When Goork and his people saw that I had no token they commenced to taunt me.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“You do not come from Kolk, but from the Sly One!” they cried. “He has sent you
+from the island to spy upon us. Go away, or we will set upon you and kill you.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I explained that all my belongings had been stolen from me, and that the robber
+must have taken the token too; but they didn’t believe me. As proof that I was
+one of Hooja’s people, they pointed to my weapons, which they said were
+ornamented like those of the island clan. Further, they said that no good man
+went in company with a jalok—and that by this line of reasoning I certainly was
+a bad man.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I saw that they were not naturally a war-like tribe, for they preferred that I
+leave in peace rather than force them to attack me, whereas the Sarians would
+have killed a suspicious stranger first and inquired into his purposes later.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I think Raja sensed their antagonism, for he kept tugging at his leash and
+growling ominously. They were a bit in awe of him, and kept at a safe distance.
+It was evident that they could not comprehend why it was that this savage brute
+did not turn upon me and rend me.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I wasted a long time there trying to persuade Goork to accept me at my own
+valuation, but he was too canny. The best he would do was to give us food,
+which he did, and direct me as to the safest portion of the island upon which
+to attempt a landing, though even as he told me I am sure that he thought my
+request for information but a blind to deceive him as to my true knowledge of
+the insular stronghold.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+At last I turned away from them—rather disheartened, for I had hoped to be able
+to enlist a considerable force of them in an attempt to rush Hooja’s horde and
+rescue Dian. Back along the beach toward the hidden canoe we made our way.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+By the time we came to the cairn I was dog-tired. Throwing myself upon the sand
+I soon slept, and with Raja stretched out beside me I felt a far greater
+security than I had enjoyed for a long time.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I awoke much refreshed to find Raja’s eyes glued upon me. The moment I opened
+mine he rose, stretched himself, and without a backward glance plunged into the
+jungle. For several minutes I could hear him crashing through the brush. Then
+all was silent.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I wondered if he had left me to return to his fierce pack. A feeling of
+loneliness overwhelmed me. With a sigh I turned to the work of dragging the
+canoe down to the sea. As I entered the jungle where the dugout lay a hare
+darted from beneath the boat’s side, and a well-aimed cast of my javelin
+brought it down. I was hungry—I had not realized it before—so I sat upon the
+edge of the canoe and devoured my repast. The last remnants gone, I again
+busied myself with preparations for my expedition to the island.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I did not know for certain that Dian was there; but I surmised as much. Nor
+could I guess what obstacles might confront me in an effort to rescue her. For
+a time I loitered about after I had the canoe at the water’s edge, hoping
+against hope that Raja would return; but he did not, so I shoved the awkward
+craft through the surf and leaped into it.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I was still a little downcast by the desertion of my new-found friend, though I
+tried to assure myself that it was nothing but what I might have expected.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The savage brute had served me well in the short time that we had been
+together, and had repaid his debt of gratitude to me, since he had saved my
+life, or at least my liberty, no less certainly than I had saved his life when
+he was injured and drowning.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The trip across the water to the island was uneventful. I was mighty glad to be
+in the sunshine again when I passed out of the shadow of the dead world about
+half-way between the mainland and the island. The hot rays of the noonday sun
+did a great deal toward raising my spirits, and dispelling the mental gloom in
+which I had been shrouded almost continually since entering the Land of Awful
+Shadow. There is nothing more dispiriting to me than absence of sunshine.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I had paddled to the southwestern point, which Goork said he believed to be the
+least frequented portion of the island, as he had never seen boats put off from
+there. I found a shallow reef running far out into the sea and rather
+precipitous cliffs running almost to the surf. It was a nasty place to land,
+and I realized now why it was not used by the natives; but at last I managed,
+after a good wetting, to beach my canoe and scale the cliffs.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The country beyond them appeared more open and park-like than I had
+anticipated, since from the mainland the entire coast that is visible seems
+densely clothed with tropical jungle. This jungle, as I could see from the
+vantage-point of the cliff-top, formed but a relatively narrow strip between
+the sea and the more open forest and meadow of the interior. Farther back there
+was a range of low but apparently very rocky hills, and here and there all
+about were visible flat-topped masses of rock—small mountains, in fact—which
+reminded me of pictures I had seen of landscapes in New Mexico. Altogether, the
+country was very much broken and very beautiful. From where I stood I counted
+no less than a dozen streams winding down from among the table-buttes and
+emptying into a pretty river which flowed away in a northeasterly direction
+toward the op-posite end of the island.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As I let my eyes roam over the scene I suddenly became aware of figures moving
+upon the flat top of a far-distant butte. Whether they were beast or human,
+though, I could not make out; but at least they were alive, so I determined to
+prosecute my search for Hooja’s stronghold in the general direction of this
+butte.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+To descend to the valley required no great effort. As I swung along through the
+lush grass and the fragrant flowers, my cudgel swinging in my hand and my
+javelin looped across my shoulders with its aurochs-hide strap, I felt equal to
+any emergency, ready for any danger.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I had covered quite a little distance, and I was passing through a strip of
+wood which lay at the foot of one of the flat-topped hills, when I became
+conscious of the sensation of being watched. My life within Pellucidar has
+rather quickened my senses of sight, hearing, and smell, and, too, certain
+primitive intuitive or instinctive qualities that seem blunted in civilized
+man. But, though I was positive that eyes were upon me, I could see no sign of
+any living thing within the wood other than the many, gay-plumaged birds and
+little monkeys which filled the trees with life, color, and action.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+To you it may seem that my conviction was the result of an overwrought
+imagination, or to the actual reality of the prying eyes of the little monkeys
+or the curious ones of the birds; but there is a difference which I cannot
+explain between the sensation of casual observation and studied espionage. A
+sheep might gaze at you without transmitting a warning through your subjective
+mind, because you are in no danger from a sheep. But let a tiger gaze fixedly
+at you from ambush, and unless your primitive instincts are completely
+calloused you will presently commence to glance furtively about and be filled
+with vague, unreasoning terror.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Thus was it with me then. I grasped my cudgel more firmly and unslung my
+javelin, carrying it in my left hand. I peered to left and right, but I saw
+nothing. Then, all quite suddenly, there fell about my neck and shoulders,
+around my arms and body, a number of pliant fiber ropes.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In a jiffy I was trussed up as neatly as you might wish. One of the nooses
+dropped to my ankles and was jerked up with a suddenness that brought me to my
+face upon the ground. Then something heavy and hairy sprang upon my back. I
+fought to draw my knife, but hairy hands grasped my wrists and, dragging them
+behind my back, bound them securely.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Next my feet were bound. Then I was turned over upon my back to look up into
+the faces of my captors.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+And what faces! Imagine if you can a cross between a sheep and a gorilla, and
+you will have some conception of the physiognomy of the creature that bent
+close above me, and of those of the half-dozen others that clustered about.
+There was the facial length and great eyes of the sheep, and the bull-neck and
+hideous fangs of the gorilla. The bodies and limbs were both man and
+gorilla-like.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As they bent over me they conversed in a mono-syllabic tongue that was
+perfectly intelligible to me. It was something of a simplified language that
+had no need for aught but nouns and verbs, but such words as it included were
+the same as those of the human beings of Pellucidar. It was amplified by many
+gestures which filled in the speech-gaps.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I asked them what they intended doing with me; but, like our own North American
+Indians when questioned by a white man, they pretended not to understand me.
+One of them swung me to his shoulder as lightly as if I had been a shoat. He
+was a huge creature, as were his fellows, standing fully seven feet upon his
+short legs and weighing considerably more than a quarter of a ton.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Two went ahead of my bearer and three behind. In this order we cut to the right
+through the forest to the foot of the hill where precipitous cliffs appeared to
+bar our farther progress in this direction. But my escort never paused. Like
+ants upon a wall, they scaled that seemingly unscalable barrier, clinging,
+Heaven knows how, to its ragged perpendicular face. During most of the short
+journey to the summit I must admit that my hair stood on end. Presently,
+however, we topped the thing and stood upon the level mesa which crowned it.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Immediately from all about, out of burrows and rough, rocky lairs, poured a
+perfect torrent of beasts similar to my captors. They clustered about,
+jabbering at my guards and attempting to get their hands upon me, whether from
+curiosity or a desire to do me bodily harm I did not know, since my escort with
+bared fangs and heavy blows kept them off.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Across the mesa we went, to stop at last before a large pile of rocks in which
+an opening appeared. Here my guards set me upon my feet and called out a word
+which sounded like “Gr-gr-gr!” and which I later learned was the name of their
+king.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Presently there emerged from the cavernous depths of the lair a monstrous
+creature, scarred from a hundred battles, almost hairless and with an empty
+socket where one eye had been. The other eye, sheeplike in its mildness, gave
+the most startling appearance to the beast, which but for that single timid orb
+was the most fearsome thing that one could imagine.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I had encountered the black, hairless, long-tailed ape—things of the
+mainland—the creatures which Perry thought might constitute the link between
+the higher orders of apes and man—but these brute-men of Gr-gr-gr seemed to set
+that theory back to zero, for there was less similarity between the black
+ape-men and these creatures than there was between the latter and man, while
+both had many human attributes, some of which were better developed in one
+species and some in the other.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The black apes were hairless and built thatched huts in their arboreal
+retreats; they kept domesticated dogs and ruminants, in which respect they were
+farther advanced than the human beings of Pellucidar; but they appeared to have
+only a meager language, and sported long, apelike tails.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+On the other hand, Gr-gr-gr’s people were, for the most part, quite hairy, but
+they were tailless and had a language similar to that of the human race of
+Pellucidar; nor were they arboreal. Their skins, where skin showed, were white.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+From the foregoing facts and others that I have noted during my long life
+within Pellucidar, which is now passing through an age analogous to some
+pre-glacial age of the outer crust, I am constrained to the belief that
+evolution is not so much a gradual transition from one form to another as it is
+an accident of breeding, either by crossing or the hazards of birth. In other
+words, it is my belief that the first man was a freak of nature—nor would one
+have to draw overstrongly upon his credulity to be convinced that Gr-gr-gr and
+his tribe were also freaks.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The great man-brute seated himself upon a flat rock—his throne, I imagine—just
+before the entrance to his lair. With elbows on knees and chin in palms he
+regarded me intently through his lone sheep-eye while one of my captors told of
+my taking.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+When all had been related Gr-gr-gr questioned me. I shall not attempt to quote
+these people in their own abbreviated tongue—you would have even greater
+difficulty in interpreting them than did I. Instead, I shall put the words into
+their mouths which will carry to you the ideas which they intended to convey.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“You are an enemy,” was Gr-gr-gr’s initial declaration. “You belong to the
+tribe of Hooja.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Ah! So they knew Hooja and he was their enemy! Good!
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“I am an enemy of Hooja,” I replied. “He has stolen my mate and I have come
+here to take her away from him and punish Hooja.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“How could you do that alone?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“I do not know,” I answered, “but I should have tried had you not captured me.
+What do you intend to do with me?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“You shall work for us.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“You will not kill me?” I asked.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“We do not kill except in self-defense,” he replied; “self-defense and
+punishment. Those who would kill us and those who do wrong we kill. If we knew
+you were one of Hooja’s people we might kill you, for all Hooja’s people are
+bad people; but you say you are an enemy of Hooja. You may not speak the truth,
+but until we learn that you have lied we shall not kill you. You shall work.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“If you hate Hooja,” I suggested, “why not let me, who hate him, too, go and
+punish him?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+For some time Gr-gr-gr sat in thought. Then he raised his head and addressed my
+guard.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Take him to his work,” he ordered.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+His tone was final. As if to emphasize it he turned and entered his burrow. My
+guard conducted me farther into the mesa, where we came presently to a tiny
+depression or valley, at one end of which gushed a warm spring.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The view that opened before me was the most surprising that I have ever seen.
+In the hollow, which must have covered several hundred acres, were numerous
+fields of growing things, and working all about with crude implements or with
+no implements at all other than their bare hands were many of the brute-men
+engaged in the first agriculture that I had seen within Pellucidar.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+They put me to work cultivating in a patch of melons.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I never was a farmer nor particularly keen for this sort of work, and I am free
+to confess that time never had dragged so heavily as it did during the hour or
+the year I spent there at that work. How long it really was I do not know, of
+course; but it was all too long.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The creatures that worked about me were quite simple and friendly. One of them
+proved to be a son of Gr-gr-gr. He had broken some minor tribal law, and was
+working out his sentence in the fields. He told me that his tribe had lived
+upon this hilltop always, and that there were other tribes like them dwelling
+upon other hilltops. They had no wars and had always lived in peace and
+harmony, menaced only by the larger carnivora of the island, until my kind had
+come under a creature called Hooja, and attacked and killed them when they
+chanced to descend from their natural fortresses to visit their fellows upon
+other lofty mesas.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Now they were afraid; but some day they would go in a body and fall upon Hooja
+and his people and slay them all. I explained to him that I was Hooja’s enemy,
+and asked, when they were ready to go, that I be allowed to go with them, or,
+better still, that they let me go ahead and learn all that I could about the
+village where Hooja dwelt so that they might attack it with the best chance of
+success.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Gr-gr-gr’s son seemed much impressed by my suggestion. He said that when he was
+through in the fields he would speak to his father about the matter.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Some time after this Gr-gr-gr came through the fields where we were, and his
+son spoke to him upon the subject, but the old gentleman was evidently in
+anything but a good humor, for he cuffed the youngster and, turning upon me,
+informed me that he was convinced that I had lied to him, and that I was one of
+Hooja’s people.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Wherefore,” he concluded, “we shall slay you as soon as the melons are
+cultivated. Hasten, therefore.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+And hasten I did. I hastened to cultivate the weeds which grew among the
+melon-vines. Where there had been one sickly weed before, I nourished two
+healthy ones. When I found a particularly promising variety of weed growing
+elsewhere than among my melons, I forthwith dug it up and transplanted it among
+my charges.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+My masters did not seem to realize my perfidy. They saw me always laboring
+diligently in the melon-patch, and as time enters not into the reckoning of
+Pellucidarians—even of human beings and much less of brutes and half brutes—I
+might have lived on indefinitely through this subterfuge had not that occurred
+which took me out of the melon-patch for good and all.
+</p>
+
+</div><!--end chapter-->
+
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<h2><a name="chap09"></a>CHAPTER IX<br/>
+HOOJA’S CUTTHROATS APPEAR</h2>
+
+<p>
+I had built a little shelter of rocks and brush where I might crawl in and
+sleep out of the perpetual light and heat of the noonday sun. When I was tired
+or hungry I retired to my humble cot.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+My masters never interposed the slightest objection. As a matter of fact, they
+were very good to me, nor did I see aught while I was among them to indicate
+that they are ever else than a simple, kindly folk when left to themselves.
+Their awe-inspiring size, terrific strength, mighty fighting-fangs, and hideous
+appearance are but the attributes necessary to the successful waging of their
+constant battle for survival, and well do they employ them when the need
+arises. The only flesh they eat is that of herbivorous animals and birds. When
+they hunt the mighty thag, the prehistoric bos of the outer crust, a single
+male, with his fiber rope, will catch and kill the greatest of the bulls.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Well, as I was about to say, I had this little shelter at the edge of my
+melon-patch. Here I was resting from my labors on a certain occasion when I
+heard a great hub-bub in the village, which lay about a quarter of a mile away.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Presently a male came racing toward the field, shouting excitedly. As he
+approached I came from my shelter to learn what all the commotion might be
+about, for the monotony of my existence in the melon-patch must have fostered
+that trait of my curiosity from which it had always been my secret boast I am
+peculiarly free.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The other workers also ran forward to meet the messenger, who quickly
+unburdened himself of his information, and as quickly turned and scampered back
+toward the village. When running these beast-men often go upon all fours. Thus
+they leap over obstacles that would slow up a human being, and upon the level
+attain a speed that would make a thoroughbred look to his laurels. The result
+in this instance was that before I had more than assimilated the gist of the
+word which had been brought to the fields, I was alone, watching my co-workers
+speeding villageward.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I was alone! It was the first time since my capture that no beast-man had been
+within sight of me. I was alone! And all my captors were in the village at the
+op-posite edge of the mesa repelling an attack of Hooja’s horde!
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It seemed from the messenger’s tale that two of Gr-gr-gr’s great males had been
+set upon by a half-dozen of Hooja’s cutthroats while the former were peaceably
+returning from the thag hunt. The two had returned to the village unscratched,
+while but a single one of Hooja’s half-dozen had escaped to report the outcome
+of the battle to their leader. Now Hooja was coming to punish Gr-gr-gr’s
+people. With his large force, armed with the bows and arrows that Hooja had
+learned from me to make, with long lances and sharp knives, I feared that even
+the mighty strength of the beastmen could avail them but little.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+At last had come the opportunity for which I waited! I was free to make for the
+far end of the mesa, find my way to the valley below, and while the two forces
+were engaged in their struggle, continue my search for Hooja’s village, which I
+had learned from the beast-men lay farther on down the river that I had been
+following when taken prisoner.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As I turned to make for the mesa’s rim the sounds of battle came plainly to my
+ears—the hoarse shouts of men mingled with the half-beastly roars and growls of
+the brute-folk.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Did I take advantage of my opportunity?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I did not. Instead, lured by the din of strife and by the desire to deliver a
+stroke, however feeble, against hated Hooja, I wheeled and ran directly toward
+the village.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+When I reached the edge of the plateau such a scene met my astonished gaze as
+never before had startled it, for the unique battle-methods of the half-brutes
+were rather the most remarkable I had ever witnessed. Along the very edge of
+the cliff-top stood a thin line of mighty males—the best rope-throwers of the
+tribe. A few feet behind these the rest of the males, with the exception of
+about twenty, formed a second line. Still farther in the rear all the women and
+young children were clustered into a single group under the protection of the
+remaining twenty fighting males and all the old males.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But it was the work of the first two lines that interested me. The forces of
+Hooja—a great horde of savage Sagoths and primeval cave men—were working their
+way up the steep cliff-face, their agility but slightly less than that of my
+captors who had clambered so nimbly aloft—even he who was burdened by my
+weight.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As the attackers came on they paused occasionally wherever a projection gave
+them sufficient foothold and launched arrows and spears at the defenders above
+them. During the entire battle both sides hurled taunts and insults at one
+another—the human beings naturally excelling the brutes in the coarseness and
+vileness of their vilification and invective.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The “firing-line” of the brute-men wielded no weapon other than their long
+fiber nooses. When a foeman came within range of them a noose would settle
+unerringly about him and he would be dragged, fighting and yelling, to the
+cliff-top, unless, as occasionally occurred, he was quick enough to draw his
+knife and cut the rope above him, in which event he usually plunged down-ward
+to a no less certain death than that which awaited him above.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Those who were hauled up within reach of the powerful clutches of the defenders
+had the nooses snatched from them and were catapulted back through the first
+line to the second, where they were seized and killed by the simple expedient
+of a single powerful closing of mighty fangs upon the backs of their necks.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But the arrows of the invaders were taking a much heavier toll than the nooses
+of the defenders and I foresaw that it was but a matter of time before Hooja’s
+forces must conquer unless the brute-men changed their tactics, or the cave men
+tired of the battle.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Gr-gr-gr was standing in the center of the first line. All about him were
+boulders and large fragments of broken rock. I approached him and without a
+word toppled a large mass of rock over the edge of the cliff. It fell directly
+upon the head of an archer, crushing him to instant death and carrying his
+mangled corpse with it to the bottom of the declivity, and on its way brushing
+three more of the attackers into the hereafter.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Gr-gr-gr turned toward me in surprise. For an instant he appeared to doubt the
+sincerity of my motives. I felt that perhaps my time had come when he reached
+for me with one of his giant paws; but I dodged him, and running a few paces to
+the right hurled down another missile. It, too, did its allotted work of
+destruction. Then I picked up smaller fragments and with all the control and
+accuracy for which I had earned justly deserved fame in my collegiate days I
+rained down a hail of death upon those beneath me.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Gr-gr-gr was coming toward me again. I pointed to the litter of rubble upon the
+cliff-top.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Hurl these down upon the enemy!” I cried to him. “Tell your warriors to throw
+rocks down upon them!”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+At my words the others of the first line, who had been interested spectators of
+my tactics, seized upon great boulders or bits of rock, whichever came first to
+their hands, and, without waiting for a command from Gr-gr-gr, deluged the
+terrified cave men with a perfect avalanche of stone. In less than no time the
+cliff-face was stripped of enemies and the village of Gr-gr-gr was saved.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Gr-gr-gr was standing beside me when the last of the cave men disappeared in
+rapid flight down the valley. He was looking at me intently.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Those were your people,” he said. “Why did you kill them?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“They were not my people,” I returned. “I have told you that before, but you
+would not believe me. Will you believe me now when I tell you that I hate Hooja
+and his tribe as much as you do? Will you believe me when I tell you that I
+wish to be the friend of Gr-gr-gr?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+For some time he stood there beside me, scratching his head. Evidently it was
+no less difficult for him to readjust his preconceived conclusions than it is
+for most human beings; but finally the idea percolated—which it might never
+have done had he been a man, or I might qualify that statement by saying had he
+been some men. Finally he spoke.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Gilak,” he said, “you have made Gr-gr-gr ashamed. He would have killed you.
+How can he reward you?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Set me free,” I replied quickly.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“You are free,” he said. “You may go down when you wish, or you may stay with
+us. If you go you may always return. We are your friends.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Naturally, I elected to go. I explained all over again to Gr-gr-gr the nature
+of my mission. He listened attentively; after I had done he offered to send
+some of his people with me to guide me to Hooja’s village. I was not slow in
+accepting his offer.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+First, however, we must eat. The hunters upon whom Hooja’s men had fallen had
+brought back the meat of a great thag. There would be a feast to commemorate
+the victory—a feast and dancing.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I had never witnessed a tribal function of the brute-folk, though I had often
+heard strange sounds coming from the village, where I had not been allowed
+since my capture. Now I took part in one of their orgies.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It will live forever in my memory. The combination of bestiality and humanity
+was oftentimes pathetic, and again grotesque or horrible. Beneath the glaring
+noonday sun, in the sweltering heat of the mesa-top, the huge, hairy creatures
+leaped in a great circle. They coiled and threw their fiber-ropes; they hurled
+taunts and insults at an imaginary foe; they fell upon the carcass of the thag
+and literally tore it to pieces; and they ceased only when, gorged, they could
+no longer move.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I had to wait until the processes of digestion had released my escort from its
+torpor. Some had eaten until their abdomens were so distended that I thought
+they must burst, for beside the thag there had been fully a hundred antelopes
+of various sizes and varied degrees of decomposition, which they had unearthed
+from burial beneath the floors of their lairs to grace the banquet-board.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But at last we were started—six great males and myself. Gr-gr-gr had returned
+my weapons to me, and at last I was once more upon my oft-interrupted way
+toward my goal. Whether I should find Dian at the end of my journey or no I
+could not even surmise; but I was none the less impatient to be off, for if
+only the worst lay in store for me I wished to know even the worst at once.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I could scarce believe that my proud mate would still be alive in the power of
+Hooja; but time upon Pellucidar is so strange a thing that I realized that to
+her or to him only a few minutes might have elapsed since his subtle trickery
+had enabled him to steal her away from Phutra. Or she might have found the
+means either to repel his advances or escape him.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As we descended the cliff we disturbed a great pack of large hyena-like
+beasts—hyaena spelaeus, Perry calls them—who were busy among the corpses of the
+cave men fallen in battle. The ugly creatures were far from the cowardly things
+that our own hyenas are reputed to be; they stood their ground with bared fangs
+as we approached them. But, as I was later to learn, so formidable are the
+brute-folk that there are few even of the larger carnivora that will not make
+way for them when they go abroad. So the hyenas moved a little from our line of
+march, closing in again upon their feasts when we had passed.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+We made our way steadily down the rim of the beautiful river which flows the
+length of the island, coming at last to a wood rather denser than any that I
+had before encountered in this country. Well within this forest my escort
+halted.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“There!” they said, and pointed ahead. “We are to go no farther.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Thus having guided me to my destination they left me. Ahead of me, through the
+trees, I could see what appeared to be the foot of a steep hill. Toward this I
+made my way. The forest ran to the very base of a cliff, in the face of which
+were the mouths of many caves. They appeared untenanted; but I decided to watch
+for a while before venturing farther. A large tree, densely foliaged, offered a
+splendid vantage-point from which to spy upon the cliff, so I clambered among
+its branches where, securely hidden, I could watch what transpired about the
+caves.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It seemed that I had scarcely settled myself in a comfortable position before a
+party of cave men emerged from one of the smaller apertures in the cliff-face,
+about fifty feet from the base. They descended into the forest and disappeared.
+Soon after came several others from the same cave, and after them, at a short
+interval, a score of women and children, who came into the wood to gather
+fruit. There were several warriors with them—a guard, I presume.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+After this came other parties, and two or three groups who passed out of the
+forest and up the cliff-face to enter the same cave. I could not understand it.
+All who came out had emerged from the same cave. All who returned reentered it.
+No other cave gave evidence of habitation, and no cave but one of extraordinary
+size could have accommodated all the people whom I had seen pass in and out of
+its mouth.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+For a long time I sat and watched the coming and going of great numbers of the
+cave-folk. Not once did one leave the cliff by any other opening save that from
+which I had seen the first party come, nor did any reenter the cliff through
+another aperture.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+What a cave it must be, I thought, that houses an entire tribe! But
+dissatisfied of the truth of my surmise, I climbed higher among the branches of
+the tree that I might get a better view of other portions of the cliff. High
+above the ground I reached a point whence I could see the summit of the hill.
+Evidently it was a flat-topped butte similar to that on which dwelt the tribe
+of Gr-gr-gr.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As I sat gazing at it a figure appeared at the very edge. It was that of a
+young girl in whose hair was a gorgeous bloom plucked from some flowering tree
+of the forest. I had seen her pass beneath me but a short while before and
+enter the small cave that had swallowed all of the returning tribesmen.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The mystery was solved. The cave was but the mouth of a passage that led upward
+through the cliff to the summit of the hill. It served merely as an avenue from
+their lofty citadel to the valley below.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+No sooner had the truth flashed upon me than the realization came that I must
+seek some other means of reaching the village, for to pass unobserved through
+this well-traveled thoroughfare would be impossible. At the moment there was no
+one in sight below me, so I slid quickly from my arboreal watch-tower to the
+ground and moved rapidly away to the right with the intention of circling the
+hill if necessary until I had found an unwatched spot where I might have some
+slight chance of scaling the heights and reaching the top unseen.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I kept close to the edge of the forest, in the very midst of which the hill
+seemed to rise. Though I carefully scanned the cliff as I traversed its base, I
+saw no sign of any other entrance than that to which my guides had led me.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+After some little time the roar of the sea broke upon my ears. Shortly after I
+came upon the broad ocean which breaks at this point at the very foot of the
+great hill where Hooja had found safe refuge for himself and his villains.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I was just about to clamber along the jagged rocks which lie at the base of the
+cliff next to the sea, in search of some foothold to the top, when I chanced to
+see a canoe rounding the end of the island. I threw myself down behind a large
+boulder where I could watch the dugout and its occupants without myself being
+seen.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+They paddled toward me for a while and then, about a hundred yards from me,
+they turned straight in toward the foot of the frowning cliffs. From where I
+was it seemed that they were bent upon self-destruction, since the roar of the
+breakers beating upon the perpendicular rock-face appeared to offer only death
+to any one who might venture within their relentless clutch.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+A mass of rock would soon hide them from my view; but so keen was the
+excitement of the instant that I could not refrain from crawling forward to a
+point whence I could watch the dashing of the small craft to pieces on the
+jagged rocks that loomed before her, although I risked discovery from above to
+accomplish my design.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+When I had reached a point where I could again see the dugout, I was just in
+time to see it glide unharmed between two needle-pointed sentinels of granite
+and float quietly upon the unruffled bosom of a tiny cove.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Again I crouched behind a boulder to observe what would next transpire; nor did
+I have long to wait. The dugout, which contained but two men, was drawn close
+to the rocky wall. A fiber rope, one end of which was tied to the boat, was
+made fast about a projection of the cliff face.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Then the two men commenced the ascent of the almost perpendicular wall toward
+the summit several hundred feet above. I looked on in amazement, for, splendid
+climbers though the cave men of Pellucidar are, I never before had seen so
+remarkable a feat performed. Upwardly they moved without a pause, to disappear
+at last over the summit.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+When I felt reasonably sure that they had gone for a while at least I crawled
+from my hiding-place and at the risk of a broken neck leaped and scrambled to
+the spot where their canoe was moored.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If they had scaled that cliff I could, and if I couldn’t I should die in the
+attempt.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But when I turned to the accomplishment of the task I found it easier than I
+had imagined it would be, since I immediately discovered that shallow hand and
+foot-holds had been scooped in the cliff’s rocky face, forming a crude ladder
+from the base to the summit.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+At last I reached the top, and very glad I was, too. Cautiously I raised my
+head until my eyes were above the cliff-crest. Before me spread a rough mesa,
+liberally sprinkled with large boulders. There was no village in sight nor any
+living creature.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I drew myself to level ground and stood erect. A few trees grew among the
+boulders. Very carefully I advanced from tree to tree and boulder to boulder
+toward the inland end of the mesa. I stopped often to listen and look
+cautiously about me in every direction.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+How I wished that I had my revolvers and rifle! I would not have to worm my way
+like a scared cat toward Hooja’s village, nor did I relish doing so now; but
+Dian’s life might hinge upon the success of my venture, and so I could not
+afford to take chances. To have met suddenly with discovery and had a score or
+more of armed warriors upon me might have been very grand and heroic; but it
+would have immediately put an end to all my earthly activities, nor have
+accomplished aught in the service of Dian.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Well, I must have traveled nearly a mile across that mesa without seeing a sign
+of anyone, when all of a sudden, as I crept around the edge of a boulder, I ran
+plump into a man, down on all fours like myself, crawling toward me.
+</p>
+
+</div><!--end chapter-->
+
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<h2><a name="chap10"></a>CHAPTER X<br/>
+THE RAID ON THE CAVE-PRISON</h2>
+
+<p>
+His head was turned over his shoulder as I first saw him—he was looking back
+toward the village. As I leaped for him his eyes fell upon me. Never in my life
+have I seen a more surprised mortal than this poor cave man. Before he could
+utter a single scream of warning or alarm I had my fingers on his throat and
+had dragged him behind the boulder, where I proceeded to sit upon him, while I
+figured out what I had best do with him.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+He struggled a little at first, but finally lay still, and so I released the
+pressure of my fingers at his windpipe, for which I imagine he was quite
+thankful—I know that I should have been.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I hated to kill him in cold blood; but what else I was to do with him I could
+not see, for to turn him loose would have been merely to have the entire
+village aroused and down upon me in a moment. The fellow lay looking up at me
+with the surprise still deeply written on his countenance. At last, all of a
+sudden, a look of recognition entered his eyes.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“I have seen you before,” he said. “I saw you in the arena at the Mahars’ city
+of Phutra when the thipdars dragged the tarag from you and your mate. I never
+understood that. Afterward they put me in the arena with two warriors from
+Gombul.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+He smiled in recollection.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“It would have been the same had there been ten warriors from Gombul. I slew
+them, winning my freedom. Look!”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+He half turned his left shoulder toward me, exhibiting the newly healed scar of
+the Mahars’ branded mark.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Then,” he continued, “as I was returning to my people I met some of them
+fleeing. They told me that one called Hooja the Sly One had come and seized our
+village, putting our people into slavery. So I hurried hither to learn the
+truth, and, sure enough, here I found Hooja and his wicked men living in my
+village, and my father’s people but slaves among them.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“I was discovered and captured, but Hooja did not kill me. I am the chief’s
+son, and through me he hoped to win my father’s warriors back to the village to
+help him in a great war he says that he will soon commence.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Among his prisoners is Dian the Beautiful One, whose brother, Dacor the Strong
+One, chief of Amoz, once saved my life when he came to Thuria to steal a mate.
+I helped him capture her, and we are good friends. So when I learned that Dian
+the Beautiful One was Hooja’s prisoner, I told him that I would not aid him if
+he harmed her.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Recently one of Hooja’s warriors overheard me talking with another prisoner.
+We were planning to combine all the prisoners, seize weapons, and when most of
+Hooja’s warriors were away, slay the rest and retake our hilltop. Had we done
+so we could have held it, for there are only two entrances—the narrow tunnel at
+one end and the steep path up the cliffs at the other.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“But when Hooja heard what we had planned he was very angry, and ordered that I
+die. They bound me hand and foot and placed me in a cave until all the warriors
+should return to witness my death; but while they were away I heard someone
+calling me in a muffled voice which seemed to come from the wall of the cave.
+When I replied the voice, which was a woman’s, told me that she had overheard
+all that had passed between me and those who had brought me thither, and that
+she was Dacor’s sister and would find a way to help me.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Presently a little hole appeared in the wall at the point from which the voice
+had come. After a time I saw a woman’s hand digging with a bit of stone.
+Dacor’s sister made a hole in the wall between the cave where I lay bound and
+that in which she had been confined, and soon she was by my side and had cut my
+bonds.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“We talked then, and I offered to make the attempt to take her away and back to
+the land of Sari, where she told me she would be able to learn the whereabouts
+of her mate. Just now I was going to the other end of the island to see if a
+boat lay there, and if the way was clear for our escape. Most of the boats are
+always away now, for a great many of Hooja’s men and nearly all the slaves are
+upon the Island of Trees, where Hooja is having many boats built to carry his
+warriors across the water to the mouth of a great river which he discovered
+while he was returning from Phutra—a vast river that empties into the sea
+there.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The speaker pointed toward the northeast. “It is wide and smooth and
+slow-running almost to the land of Sari,” he added.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“And where is Dian the Beautiful One now?” I asked.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I had released my prisoner as soon as I found that he was Hooja’s enemy, and
+now the pair of us were squat-ting beside the boulder while he told his story.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“She returned to the cave where she had been imprisoned,” he replied, “and is
+awaiting me there.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“There is no danger that Hooja will come while you are away?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Hooja is upon the Island of Trees,” he replied.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Can you direct me to the cave so that I can find it alone?” I asked.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+He said he could, and in the strange yet explicit fashion of the Pellucidarians
+he explained minutely how I might reach the cave where he had been imprisoned,
+and through the hole in its wall reach Dian.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I thought it best for but one of us to return, since two could accomplish but
+little more than one and would double the risk of discovery. In the meantime he
+could make his way to the sea and guard the boat, which I told him lay there at
+the foot of the cliff.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I told him to await us at the cliff-top, and if Dian came alone to do his best
+to get away with her and take her to Sari, as I thought it quite possible that,
+in case of detection and pursuit, it might be necessary for me to hold off
+Hooja’s people while Dian made her way alone to where my new friend was to
+await her. I impressed upon him the fact that he might have to resort to
+trickery or even to force to get Dian to leave me; but I made him promise that
+he would sacrifice everything, even his life, in an attempt to rescue Dacor’s
+sister.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Then we parted—he to take up his position where he could watch the boat and
+await Dian, I to crawl cautiously on toward the caves. I had no difficulty in
+following the directions given me by Juag, the name by which Dacor’s friend
+said he was called. There was the leaning tree, my first point he told me to
+look for after rounding the boulder where we had met. After that I crawled to
+the balanced rock, a huge boulder resting upon a tiny base no larger than the
+palm of your hand.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+From here I had my first view of the village of caves. A low bluff ran
+diagonally across one end of the mesa, and in the face of this bluff were the
+mouths of many caves. Zig-zag trails led up to them, and narrow ledges scooped
+from the face of the soft rock connected those upon the same level.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The cave in which Juag had been confined was at the extreme end of the cliff
+nearest me. By taking advantage of the bluff itself, I could approach within a
+few feet of the aperture without being visible from any other cave. There were
+few people about at the time; most of these were congregated at the foot of the
+far end of the bluff, where they were so engrossed in excited conversation that
+I felt but little fear of detection. However I exercised the greatest care in
+approaching the cliff. After watching for a while until I caught an instant
+when every head was turned away from me, I darted, rabbitlike, into the cave.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Like many of the man-made caves of Pellucidar, this one consisted of three
+chambers, one behind another, and all unlit except for what sunlight filtered
+in through the external opening. The result was gradually increasing darkness
+as one passed into each succeeding chamber.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In the last of the three I could just distinguish objects, and that was all. As
+I was groping around the walls for the hole that should lead into the cave
+where Dian was imprisoned, I heard a man’s voice quite close to me.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The speaker had evidently but just entered, for he spoke in a loud tone,
+demanding the whereabouts of one whom he had come in search of.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Where are you, woman?” he cried. “Hooja has sent for you.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+And then a woman’s voice answered him:
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“And what does Hooja want of me?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The voice was Dian’s. I groped in the direction of the sounds, feeling for the
+hole.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“He wishes you brought to the Island of Trees,” replied the man; “for he is
+ready to take you as his mate.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“I will not go,” said Dian. “I will die first.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“I am sent to bring you, and bring you I shall.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I could hear him crossing the cave toward her.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Frantically I clawed the wall of the cave in which I was in an effort to find
+the elusive aperture that would lead me to Dian’s side.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I heard the sound of a scuffle in the next cave. Then my fingers sank into
+loose rock and earth in the side of the cave. In an instant I realized why I
+had been unable to find the opening while I had been lightly feeling the
+surface of the walls—Dian had blocked up the hole she had made lest it arouse
+suspicion and lead to an early discovery of Juag’s escape.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Plunging my weight against the crumbling mass, I sent it crashing into the
+adjoining cavern. With it came I, David, Emperor of Pellucidar. I doubt if any
+other potentate in a world’s history ever made a more undignified entrance. I
+landed head first on all fours, but I came quickly and was on my feet before
+the man in the dark guessed what had happened.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+He saw me, though, when I arose and, sensing that no friend came thus
+precipitately, turned to meet me even as I charged him. I had my stone knife in
+my hand, and he had his. In the darkness of the cave there was little
+opportunity for a display of science, though even at that I venture to say that
+we fought a very pretty duel.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Before I came to Pellucidar I do not recall that I ever had seen a stone knife,
+and I am sure that I never fought with a knife of any description; but now I do
+not have to take my hat off to any of them when it comes to wielding that
+primitive yet wicked weapon.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I could just see Dian in the darkness, but I knew that she could not see my
+features or recognize me; and I enjoyed in anticipation, even while I was
+fighting for her life and mine, her dear joy when she should discover that it
+was I who was her deliverer.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+My opponent was large, but he also was active and no mean knife-man. He caught
+me once fairly in the shoulder—I carry the scar yet, and shall carry it to the
+grave. And then he did a foolish thing, for as I leaped back to gain a second
+in which to calm the shock of the wound he rushed after me and tried to clinch.
+He rather neglected his knife for the moment in his greater desire to get his
+hands on me. Seeing the opening, I swung my left fist fairly to the point of
+his jaw.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Down he went. Before ever he could scramble up again I was on him and had
+buried my knife in his heart. Then I stood up—and there was Dian facing me and
+peering at me through the dense gloom.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“You are not Juag!” she exclaimed. “Who are you?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I took a step toward her, my arms outstretched.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“It is I, Dian,” I said. “It is David.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+At the sound of my voice she gave a little cry in which tears were mingled—a
+pathetic little cry that told me all without words how far hope had gone from
+her—and then she ran forward and threw herself in my arms. I covered her
+perfect lips and her beautiful face with kisses, and stroked her thick black
+hair, and told her again and again what she already knew—what she had known for
+years—that I loved her better than all else which two worlds had to offer. We
+couldn’t devote much time, though, to the happiness of love-making, for we were
+in the midst of enemies who might discover us at any moment.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I drew her into the adjoining cave. Thence we made our way to the mouth of the
+cave that had given me entrance to the cliff. Here I reconnoitered for a
+moment, and seeing the coast clear, ran swiftly forth with Dian at my side. We
+dodged around the cliff-end, then paused for an instant, listening. No sound
+reached our ears to indicate that any had seen us, and we moved cautiously
+onward along the way by which I had come.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As we went Dian told me that her captors had informed her how close I had come
+in search of her—even to the Land of Awful Shadow—and how one of Hooja’s men
+who knew me had discovered me asleep and robbed me of all my possessions. And
+then how Hooja had sent four others to find me and take me prisoner. But these
+men, she said, had not yet returned, or at least she had not heard of their
+return.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Nor will you ever,” I responded, “for they have gone to that place whence none
+ever returns.” I then related my adventure with these four.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+We had come almost to the cliff-edge where Juag should be awaiting us when we
+saw two men walking rapidly toward the same spot from another direction. They
+did not see us, nor did they see Juag, whom I now discovered hiding behind a
+low bush close to the verge of the precipice which drops into the sea at this
+point. As quickly as possible, without exposing ourselves too much to the
+enemy, we hastened forward that we might reach Juag as quickly as they.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But they noticed him first and immediately charged him, for one of them had
+been his guard, and they had both been sent to search for him, his escape
+having been discovered between the time he left the cave and the time when I
+reached it. Evidently they had wasted precious moments looking for him in other
+portions of the mesa.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+When I saw that the two of them were rushing him, I called out to attract their
+attention to the fact that they had more than a single man to cope with. They
+paused at the sound of my voice and looked about.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+When they discovered Dian and me they exchanged a few words, and one of them
+continued toward Juag while the other turned upon us. As he came nearer I saw
+that he carried in his hand one of my six-shooters, but he was holding it by
+the barrel, evidently mistaking it for some sort of warclub or tomahawk.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I could scarce refrain a grin when I thought of the wasted possibilities of
+that deadly revolver in the hands of an untutored warrior of the stone age. Had
+he but reversed it and pulled the trigger he might still be alive; maybe he is
+for all I know, since I did not kill him then. When he was about twenty feet
+from me I flung my javelin with a quick movement that I had learned from Ghak.
+He ducked to avoid it, and instead of receiving it in his heart, for which it
+was intended, he got it on the side of the head.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Down he went all in a heap. Then I glanced toward Juag. He was having a most
+exciting time. The fellow pitted against Juag was a veritable giant; he was
+hacking and hewing away at the poor slave with a villainous-looking knife that
+might have been designed for butchering mastodons. Step by step, he was forcing
+Juag back toward the edge of the cliff with a fiendish cunning that permitted
+his adversary no chance to side-step the terrible consequences of retreat in
+this direction. I saw quickly that in another moment Juag must deliberately
+hurl himself to death over the precipice or be pushed over by his foeman.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+And as I saw Juag’s predicament I saw, too, in the same instant, a way to
+relieve him. Leaping quickly to the side of the fellow I had just felled, I
+snatched up my fallen revolver. It was a desperate chance to take, and I
+realized it in the instant that I threw the gun up from my hip and pulled the
+trigger. There was no time to aim. Juag was upon the very brink of the chasm.
+His relentless foe was pushing him hard, beating at him furiously with the
+heavy knife.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+And then the revolver spoke—loud and sharp. The giant threw his hands above his
+head, whirled about like a huge top, and lunged forward over the precipice.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+And Juag?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+He cast a single affrighted glance in my direction—never before, of course, had
+he heard the report of a firearm—and with a howl of dismay he, too, turned and
+plunged headforemost from sight. Horror-struck, I hastened to the brink of the
+abyss just in time to see two splashes upon the surface of the little cove
+below.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+For an instant I stood there watching with Dian at my side. Then, to my utter
+amazement, I saw Juag rise to the surface and swim strongly toward the boat.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The fellow had dived that incredible distance and come up unharmed!
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I called to him to await us below, assuring him that he need have no fear of my
+weapon, since it would harm only my enemies. He shook his head and mut-tered
+something which I could not hear at so great a distance; but when I pushed him
+he promised to wait for us. At the same instant Dian caught my arm and pointed
+toward the village. My shot had brought a crowd of natives on the run toward
+us.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The fellow whom I had stunned with my javelin had regained consciousness and
+scrambled to his feet. He was now racing as fast as he could go back toward his
+people. It looked mighty dark for Dian and me with that ghastly descent between
+us and even the beginnings of liberty, and a horde of savage enemies advancing
+at a rapid run.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+There was but one hope. That was to get Dian started for the bottom without
+delay. I took her in my arms just for an instant—I felt, somehow, that it might
+be for the last time. For the life of me I couldn’t see how both of us could
+escape.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I asked her if she could make the descent alone—if she were not afraid. She
+smiled up at me bravely and shrugged her shoulders. She afraid! So beautiful is
+she that I am always having difficulty in remembering that she is a primitive,
+half-savage cave girl of the stone age, and often find myself mentally limiting
+her capacities to those of the effete and overcivilized beauties of the outer
+crust.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“And you?” she asked as she swung over the edge of the cliff.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“I shall follow you after I take a shot or two at our friends,” I replied. “I
+just want to give them a taste of this new medicine which is going to cure
+Pellucidar of all its ills. That will stop them long enough for me to join you.
+Now hurry, and tell Juag to be ready to shove off the moment I reach the boat,
+or the instant that it becomes apparent that I cannot reach it.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“You, Dian, must return to Sari if anything happens to me, that you may devote
+your life to carrying out with Perry the hopes and plans for Pellucidar that
+are so dear to my heart. Promise me, dear.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+She hated to promise to desert me, nor would she; only shaking her head and
+making no move to descend. The tribesmen were nearing us. Juag was shouting up
+to us from below. It was evident that he realized from my actions that I was
+attempting to persuade Dian to descend, and that grave danger threatened us
+from above.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Dive!” he cried. “Dive!”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I looked at Dian and then down at the abyss below us. The cove appeared no
+larger than a saucer. How Juag ever had hit it I could not guess.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Dive!” cried Juag. “It is the only way—there is no time to climb down.”
+</p>
+
+</div><!--end chapter-->
+
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<h2><a name="chap11"></a>CHAPTER XI<br/>
+ESCAPE</h2>
+
+<p>
+Dian glanced downward and shuddered. Her tribe were hill people—they were not
+accustomed to swimming other than in quiet rivers and placid lakelets. It was
+not the steep that appalled her. It was the ocean—vast, mysterious, terrible.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+To dive into it from this great height was beyond her. I couldn’t wonder,
+either. To have attempted it myself seemed too preposterous even for thought.
+Only one consideration could have prompted me to leap headforemost from that
+giddy height—suicide; or at least so I thought at the moment.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Quick!” I urged Dian. “You cannot dive; but I can hold them until you reach
+safety.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“And you?” she asked once more. “Can you dive when they come too close?
+Otherwise you could not escape if you waited here until I reached the bottom.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I saw that she would not leave me unless she thought that I could make that
+frightful dive as we had seen Juag make it. I glanced once downward; then with
+a mental shrug I assured her that I would dive the moment that she reached the
+boat. Satisfied, she began the descent carefully, yet swiftly. I watched her
+for a moment, my heart in my mouth lest some slight mis-step or the slipping of
+a finger-hold should pitch her to a frightful death upon the rocks below.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Then I turned toward the advancing Hoojans—“Hoosiers,” Perry dubbed them—even
+going so far as to christen this island where Hooja held sway Indiana; it is so
+marked now upon our maps. They were coming on at a great rate. I raised my
+revolver, took deliberate aim at the foremost warrior, and pulled the trigger.
+With the bark of the gun the fellow lunged forward. His head doubled beneath
+him. He rolled over and over two or three times before he came to a stop, to
+lie very quietly in the thick grass among the brilliant wild flowers.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Those behind him halted. One of them hurled a javelin toward me, but it fell
+short—they were just beyond javelin-range. There were two armed with bows and
+arrows; these I kept my eyes on. All of them appeared awe-struck and frightened
+by the sound and effect of the firearm. They kept looking from the corpse to me
+and jabbering among themselves.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I took advantage of the lull in hostilities to throw a quick glance over the
+edge toward Dian. She was half-way down the cliff and progressing finely. Then
+I turned back toward the enemy. One of the bowmen was fitting an arrow to his
+bow. I raised my hand.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Stop!” I cried. “Whoever shoots at me or advances toward me I shall kill as I
+killed him!”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I pointed at the dead man. The fellow lowered his bow. Again there was animated
+discussion. I could see that those who were not armed with bows were urging
+something upon the two who were.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+At last the majority appeared to prevail, for simu-taneously the two archers
+raised their weapons. At the same instant I fired at one of them, dropping him
+in his tracks. The other, however, launched his missile, but the report of my
+gun had given him such a start that the arrow flew wild above my head. A second
+after and he, too, was sprawled upon the sward with a round hole between his
+eyes. It had been a rather good shot.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I glanced over the edge again. Dian was almost at the bottom. I could see Juag
+standing just beneath her with his hands upstretched to assist her.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+A sullen roar from the warriors recalled my attention toward them. They stood
+shaking their fists at me and yelling insults. From the direction of the
+village I saw a single warrior coming to join them. He was a huge fellow, and
+when he strode among them I could tell by his bearing and their deference
+toward him that he was a chieftain. He listened to all they had to tell of the
+happenings of the last few minutes; then with a command and a roar he started
+for me with the whole pack at his heels. All they had needed had
+arrived—namely, a brave leader.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I had two unfired cartridges in the chambers of my gun. I let the big warrior
+have one of them, thinking that his death would stop them all. But I guess they
+were worked up to such a frenzy of rage by this time that nothing would have
+stopped them. At any rate, they only yelled the louder as he fell and increased
+their speed toward me. I dropped another with my remaining cartridge.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Then they were upon me—or almost. I thought of my promise to Dian—the awful
+abyss was behind me—a big devil with a huge bludgeon in front of me. I grasped
+my six-shooter by the barrel and hurled it squarely in his face with all my
+strength.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Then, without waiting to learn the effect of my throw, I wheeled, ran the few
+steps to the edge, and leaped as far out over that frightful chasm as I could.
+I know something of diving, and all that I know I put into that dive, which I
+was positive would be my last.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+For a couple of hundred feet I fell in horizontal position. The momentum I
+gained was terrific. I could feel the air almost as a solid body, so swiftly I
+hurtled through it. Then my position gradually changed to the vertical, and
+with hands outstretched I slipped through the air, cleaving it like a flying
+arrow. Just before I struck the water a perfect shower of javelins fell all
+about. My enemies had rushed to the brink and hurled their weapons after me. By
+a miracle I was untouched.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In the final instant I saw that I had cleared the rocks and was going to strike
+the water fairly. Then I was in and plumbing the depths. I suppose I didn’t
+really go very far down, but it seemed to me that I should never stop. When at
+last I dared curve my hands upward and divert my progress toward the surface, I
+thought that I should explode for air before I ever saw the sun again except
+through a swirl of water. But at last my head popped above the waves, and I
+filled my lungs with air.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Before me was the boat, from which Juag and Dian were clambering. I couldn’t
+understand why they were deserting it now, when we were about to set out for
+the mainland in it; but when I reached its side I understood. Two heavy
+javelins, missing Dian and Juag by but a hair’s breadth, had sunk deep into the
+bottom of the dugout in a straight line with the grain of the wood, and split
+her almost in two from stem to stern. She was useless.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Juag was leaning over a near-by rock, his hand out-stretched to aid me in
+clambering to his side; nor did I lose any time in availing myself of his
+proffered assistance. An occasional javelin was still dropping perilously close
+to us, so we hastened to draw as close as possible to the cliffside, where we
+were comparatively safe from the missiles.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Here we held a brief conference, in which it was decided that our only hope now
+lay in making for the opposite end of the island as quickly as we could, and
+utilizing the boat that I had hidden there, to continue our journey to the
+mainland.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Gathering up three of the least damaged javelins that had fallen about us, we
+set out upon our journey, keeping well toward the south side of the island,
+which Juag said was less frequented by the Hoojans than the central portion
+where the river ran. I think that this ruse must have thrown our pursuers off
+our track, since we saw nothing of them nor heard any sound of pursuit during
+the greater portion of our march the length of the island.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But the way Juag had chosen was rough and round-about, so that we consumed one
+or two more marches in covering the distance than if we had followed the river.
+This it was which proved our undoing.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Those who sought us must have sent a party up the river immediately after we
+escaped; for when we came at last onto the river-trail not far from our
+destination, there can be no doubt but that we were seen by Hoojans who were
+just ahead of us on the stream. The result was that as we were passing through
+a clump of bush a score of warriors leaped out upon us, and before we could
+scarce strike a blow in defense, had disarmed and bound us.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+For a time thereafter I seemed to be entirely bereft of hope. I could see no
+ray of promise in the future—only immediate death for Juag and me, which didn’t
+concern me much in the face of what lay in store for Dian.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Poor child! What an awful life she had led! From the moment that I had first
+seen her chained in the slave caravan of the Mahars until now, a prisoner of a
+no less cruel creature, I could recall but a few brief intervals of peace and
+quiet in her tempestuous existence. Before I had known her, Jubal the Ugly One
+had pursued her across a savage world to make her his mate. She had eluded him,
+and finally I had slain him; but terror and privations, and exposure to fierce
+beasts had haunted her footsteps during all her lonely flight from him. And
+when I had returned to the outer world the old trials had recommenced with
+Hooja in Jubal’s role. I could almost have wished for death to vouchsafe her
+that peace which fate seemed to deny her in this life.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I spoke to her on the subject, suggesting that we expire together.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Do not fear, David,” she replied. “I shall end my life before ever Hooja can
+harm me; but first I shall see that Hooja dies.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+She drew from her breast a little leathern thong, to the end of which was
+fastened a tiny pouch.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“What have you there?” I asked.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Do you recall that time you stepped upon the thing you call viper in your
+world?” she asked.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I nodded.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“The accident gave you the idea for the poisoned arrows with which we fitted
+the warriors of the empire,” she continued. “And, too, it gave me an idea. For
+a long time I have carried a viper’s fang in my bosom. It has given me strength
+to endure many dangers, for it has always assured me immunity from the ultimate
+insult. I am not ready to die yet. First let Hooja embrace the viper’s fang.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+So we did not die together, and I am glad now that we did not. It is always a
+foolish thing to contemplate suicide; for no matter how dark the future may
+appear today, tomorrow may hold for us that which will alter our whole life in
+an instant, revealing to us nothing but sunshine and happiness. So, for my
+part, I shall always wait for tomorrow.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In Pellucidar, where it is always today, the wait may not be so long, and so it
+proved for us. As we were passing a lofty, flat-topped hill through a park-like
+wood a perfect network of fiber ropes fell suddenly about our guard, enmeshing
+them. A moment later a horde of our friends, the hairy gorilla-men, with the
+mild eyes and long faces of sheep leaped among them.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It was a very interesting fight. I was sorry that my bonds prevented me from
+taking part in it, but I urged on the brutemen with my voice, and cheered old
+Gr-gr-gr, their chief, each time that his mighty jaws crunched out the life of
+a Hoojan. When the battle was over we found that a few of our captors had
+escaped, but the majority of them lay dead about us. The gorilla-men paid no
+further attention to them. Gr-gr-gr turned to me.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Gr-gr-gr and all his people are your friends,” he said. “One saw the warriors
+of the Sly One and followed them. He saw them capture you, and then he flew to
+the village as fast as he could go and told me all that he had seen. The rest
+you know. You did much for Gr-gr-gr and Gr-gr-gr’s people. We shall always do
+much for you.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I thanked him; and when I had told him of our escape and our destination, he
+insisted on accompanying us to the sea with a great number of his fierce males.
+Nor were we at all loath to accept his escort. We found the canoe where I had
+hidden it, and bidding Gr-gr-gr and his warriors farewell, the three of us
+embarked for the mainland.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I questioned Juag upon the feasibility of attempting to cross to the mouth of
+the great river of which he had told me, and up which he said we might paddle
+almost to Sari; but he urged me not to attempt it, since we had but a single
+paddle and no water or food. I had to admit the wisdom of his advice, but the
+desire to explore this great waterway was strong upon me, arousing in me at
+last a determination to make the attempt after first gaining the mainland and
+rectifying our deficiencies.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+We landed several miles north of Thuria in a little cove that seemed to offer
+protection from the heavier seas which sometimes run, even upon these usually
+pacific oceans of Pellucidar. Here I outlined to Dian and Juag the plans I had
+in mind. They were to fit the canoe with a small sail, the purposes of which I
+had to explain to them both—since neither had ever seen or heard of such a
+contrivance before. Then they were to hunt for food which we could transport
+with us, and prepare a receptacle for water.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+These two latter items were more in Juag’s line, but he kept muttering about
+the sail and the wind for a long time. I could see that he was not even half
+convinced that any such ridiculous contraption could make a canoe move through
+the water.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+We hunted near the coast for a while, but were not rewarded with any particular
+luck. Finally we decided to hide the canoe and strike inland in search of game.
+At Juag’s suggestion we dug a hole in the sand at the upper edge of the beach
+and buried the craft, smoothing the surface over nicely and throwing aside the
+excess material we had excavated. Then we set out away from the sea. Traveling
+in Thuria is less arduous than under the midday sun which perpetually glares
+down on the rest of Pellucidar’s surface; but it has its draw-backs, one of
+which is the depressing influence exerted by the everlasting shade of the Land
+of Awful Shadow.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The farther inland we went the darker it became, until we were moving at last
+through an endless twilight. The vegetation here was sparse and of a weird,
+colorless nature, though what did grow was wondrous in shape and form. Often we
+saw huge lidi, or beasts of burden, striding across the dim landscape, browsing
+upon the grotesque vegetation or drinking from the slow and sullen rivers that
+run down from the Lidi Plains to empty into the sea in Thuria.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+What we sought was either a thag—a sort of gigantic elk—or one of the larger
+species of antelope, the flesh of either of which dries nicely in the sun. The
+bladder of the thag would make a fine water-bottle, and its skin, I figured,
+would be a good sail. We traveled a considerable distance inland, entirely
+crossing the Land of Awful Shadow and emerging at last upon that portion of the
+Lidi Plains which lies in the pleasant sunlight. Above us the pendent world
+revolved upon its axis, filling me especially—and Dian to an almost equal
+state—with wonder and insatiable curiosity as to what strange forms of life
+existed among the hills and valleys and along the seas and rivers, which we
+could plainly see.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Before us stretched the horizonless expanses of vast Pellucidar, the Lidi
+Plains rolling up about us, while hanging high in the heavens to the northwest
+of us I thought I discerned the many towers which marked the entrances to the
+distant Mahar city, whose inhabitants preyed upon the Thurians.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Juag suggested that we travel to the northeast, where, he said, upon the verge
+of the plain we would find a wooded country in which game should be plentiful.
+Acting upon his advice, we came at last to a forest-jungle, through which wound
+innumerable game-paths. In the depths of this forbidding wood we came upon the
+fresh spoor of thag.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Shortly after, by careful stalking, we came within javelin-range of a small
+herd. Selecting a great bull, Juag and I hurled our weapons simultaneously,
+Dian reserving hers for an emergency. The beast staggered to his feet,
+bellowing. The rest of the herd was up and away in an instant, only the wounded
+bull remaining, with lowered head and roving eyes searching for the foe.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Then Juag exposed himself to the view of the bull—it is a part of the tactics
+of the hunt—while I stepped to one side behind a bush. The moment that the
+savage beast saw Juag he charged him. Juag ran straight away, that the bull
+might be lured past my hiding-place. On he came—tons of mighty bestial strength
+and rage.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Dian had slipped behind me. She, too, could fight a thag should emergency
+require. Ah, such a girl! A rightful empress of a stone age by every standard
+which two worlds might bring to measure her!
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Crashing down toward us came the bull thag, bellowing and snorting, with the
+power of a hundred outer-earthly bulls. When he was opposite me I sprang for
+the heavy mane that covered his huge neck. To tangle my fingers in it was the
+work of but an instant. Then I was running along at the beast’s shoulder.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Now, the theory upon which this hunting custom is based is one long ago
+discovered by experience, and that is that a thag cannot be turned from his
+charge once he has started toward the object of his wrath, so long as he can
+still see the thing he charges. He evidently believes that the man clinging to
+his mane is attempting to restrain him from overtaking his prey, and so he pays
+no attention to this enemy, who, of course, does not retard the mighty charge
+in the least.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Once in the gait of the plunging bull, it was but a slight matter to vault to
+his back, as cavalrymen mount their chargers upon the run. Juag was still
+running in plain sight ahead of the bull. His speed was but a trifle less than
+that of the monster that pursued him. These Pellucidarians are almost as fleet
+as deer; because I am not is one reason that I am always chosen for the
+close-in work of the thag-hunt. I could not keep in front of a charging thag
+long enough to give the killer time to do his work. I learned that the
+first—and last—time I tried it.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Once astride the bull’s neck, I drew my long stone knife and, setting the point
+carefully over the brute’s spine, drove it home with both hands. At the same
+instant I leaped clear of the stumbling animal. Now, no vertebrate can progress
+far with a knife through his spine, and the thag is no exception to the rule.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The fellow was down instantly. As he wallowed Juag returned, and the two of us
+leaped in when an opening afforded the opportunity and snatched our javelins
+from his side. Then we danced about him, more like two savages than anything
+else, until we got the opening we were looking for, when simultaneously, our
+javelins pierced his wild heart, stilling it forever.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The thag had covered considerable ground from the point at which I had leaped
+upon him. When, after despatching him, I looked back for Dian, I could see
+nothing of her. I called aloud, but receiving no reply, set out at a brisk trot
+to where I had left her. I had no difficulty in finding the self-same bush
+behind which we had hidden, but Dian was not there. Again and again I called,
+to be rewarded only by silence. Where could she be? What could have become of
+her in the brief interval since I had seen her standing just behind me?
+</p>
+
+</div><!--end chapter-->
+
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<h2><a name="chap12"></a>CHAPTER XII<br/>
+KIDNAPED!</h2>
+
+<p>
+I searched about the spot carefully. At last I was rewarded by the discovery of
+her javelin, a few yards from the bush that had concealed us from the charging
+thag—her javelin and the indications of a struggle revealed by the trampled
+vegetation and the overlapping footprints of a woman and a man. Filled with
+consternation and dismay, I followed these latter to where they suddenly
+disappeared a hundred yards from where the struggle had occurred. There I saw
+the huge imprints of a lidi’s feet.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The story of the tragedy was all too plain. A Thurian had either been following
+us, or had accidentally espied Dian and taken a fancy to her. While Juag and I
+had been engaged with the thag, he had abducted her. I ran swiftly back to
+where Juag was working over the kill. As I approached him I saw that something
+was wrong in this quarter as well, for the islander was standing upon the
+carcass of the thag, his javelin poised for a throw.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+When I had come nearer I saw the cause of his belligerent attitude. Just beyond
+him stood two large jaloks, or wolf-dogs, regarding him intently—a male and a
+female. Their behavior was rather peculiar, for they did not seem preparing to
+charge him. Rather, they were contemplating him in an attitude of questioning.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Juag heard me coming and turned toward me with a grin. These fellows love
+excitement. I could see by his expression that he was enjoying in anticipation
+the battle that seemed imminent. But he never hurled his javelin. A shout of
+warning from me stopped him, for I had seen the remnants of a rope dangling
+from the neck of the male jalok.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Juag again turned toward me, but this time in surprise. I was abreast him in a
+moment and, passing him, walked straight toward the two beasts. As I did so the
+female crouched with bared fangs. The male, however, leaped forward to meet me,
+not in deadly charge, but with every expression of delight and joy which the
+poor animal could exhibit.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It was Raja—the jalok whose life I had saved, and whom I then had tamed! There
+was no doubt that he was glad to see me. I now think that his seeming desertion
+of me had been but due to a desire to search out his ferocious mate and bring
+her, too, to live with me.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+When Juag saw me fondling the great beast he was filled with consternation, but
+I did not have much time to spare to Raja while my mind was filled with the
+grief of my new loss. I was glad to see the brute, and I lost no time in taking
+him to Juag and making him understand that Juag, too, was to be Raja’s friend.
+With the female the matter was more difficult, but Raja helped us out by
+growling savagely at her whenever she bared her fangs against us.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I told Juag of the disappearance of Dian, and of my suspicions as to the
+explanation of the catastrophe. He wanted to start right out after her, but I
+suggested that with Raja to help me it might be as well were he to remain and
+skin the thag, remove its bladder, and then return to where we had hidden the
+canoe on the beach. And so it was arranged that he was to do this and await me
+there for a reasonable time. I pointed to a great lake upon the surface of the
+pendent world above us, telling him that if after this lake had appeared four
+times I had not returned to go either by water or land to Sari and fetch Ghak
+with an army. Then, calling Raja after me, I set out after Dian and her
+abductor. First I took the wolf dog to the spot where the man had fought with
+Dian. A few paces behind us followed Raja’s fierce mate. I pointed to the
+ground where the evidences of the struggle were plainest and where the scent
+must have been strong to Raja’s nostrils.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Then I grasped the remnant of leash that hung about his neck and urged him
+forward upon the trail. He seemed to understand. With nose to ground he set out
+upon his task. Dragging me after him, he trotted straight out upon the Lidi
+Plains, turning his steps in the direction of the Thurian village. I could have
+guessed as much!
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Behind us trailed the female. After a while she closed upon us, until she ran
+quite close to me and at Raja’s side. It was not long before she seemed as easy
+in my company as did her lord and master.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+We must have covered considerable distance at a very rapid pace, for we had
+reentered the great shadow, when we saw a huge lidi ahead of us, moving
+leisurely across the level plain. Upon its back were two human figures. If I
+could have known that the jaloks would not harm Dian I might have turned them
+loose upon the lidi and its master; but I could not know, and so dared take no
+chances.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+However, the matter was taken out of my hands presently when Raja raised his
+head and caught sight of his quarry. With a lunge that hurled me flat and
+jerked the leash from my hand, he was gone with the speed of the wind after the
+giant lidi and its riders. At his side raced his shaggy mate, only a trifle
+smaller than he and no whit less savage.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+They did not give tongue until the lidi itself discovered them and broke into a
+lumbering, awkward, but none the less rapid gallop. Then the two hound-beasts
+commenced to bay, starting with a low, plaintive note that rose, weird and
+hideous, to terminate in a series of short, sharp yelps. I feared that it might
+be the hunting-call of the pack; and if this were true, there would be slight
+chance for either Dian or her abductor—or myself, either, as far as that was
+concerned. So I redoubled my efforts to keep pace with the hunt; but I might as
+well have attempted to distance the bird upon the wing; as I have often
+reminded you, I am no runner. In that instance it was just as well that I am
+not, for my very slowness of foot played into my hands; while had I been
+fleeter, I might have lost Dian that time forever.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The lidi, with the hounds running close on either side, had almost disappeared
+in the darkness that enveloped the surrounding landscape, when I noted that it
+was bearing toward the right. This was accounted for by the fact that Raja ran
+upon his left side, and unlike his mate, kept leaping for the great beast’s
+shoulder. The man on the lidi’s back was prodding at the hyaenodon with his
+long spear, but still Raja kept springing up and snapping.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The effect of this was to turn the lidi toward the right, and the longer I
+watched the procedure the more convinced I became that Raja and his mate were
+working together with some end in view, for the she-dog merely galloped
+steadily at the lidi’s right about op-posite his rump.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I had seen jaloks hunting in packs, and I recalled now what for the time I had
+not thought of—the several that ran ahead and turned the quarry back toward the
+main body. This was precisely what Raja and his mate were doing—they were
+turning the lidi back toward me, or at least Raja was. Just why the female was
+keeping out of it I did not understand, unless it was that she was not entirely
+clear in her own mind as to precisely what her mate was attempting.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+At any rate, I was sufficiently convinced to stop where I was and await
+developments, for I could readily realize two things. One was that I could
+never overhaul them before the damage was done if they should pull the lidi
+down now. The other thing was that if they did not pull it down for a few
+minutes it would have completed its circle and returned close to where I stood.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+And this is just what happened. The lot of them were almost swallowed up in the
+twilight for a moment. Then they reappeared again, but this time far to the
+right and circling back in my general direction. I waited until I could get
+some clear idea of the right spot to gain that I might intercept the lidi; but
+even as I waited I saw the beast attempt to turn still more to the right—a move
+that would have carried him far to my left in a much more circumscribed circle
+than the hyaenodons had mapped out for him. Then I saw the female leap forward
+and head him; and when he would have gone too far to the left, Raja sprang,
+snapping at his shoulder and held him straight.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Straight for me the two savage beasts were driving their quarry! It was
+wonderful.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It was something else, too, as I realized while the monstrous beast neared me.
+It was like standing in the middle of the tracks in front of an approaching
+express-train. But I didn’t dare waver; too much depended upon my meeting that
+hurtling mass of terrified flesh with a well-placed javelin. So I stood there,
+waiting to be run down and crushed by those gigantic feet, but determined to
+drive home my weapon in the broad breast before I fell.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The lidi was only about a hundred yards from me when Raja gave a few barks in a
+tone that differed materially from his hunting-cry. Instantly both he and his
+mate leaped for the long neck of the ruminant.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Neither missed. Swinging in mid-air, they hung tenaciously, their weight
+dragging down the creature’s head and so retarding its speed that before it had
+reached me it was almost stopped and devoting all its energies to attempting to
+scrape off its attackers with its forefeet.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Dian had seen and recognized me, and was trying to extricate herself from the
+grasp of her captor, who, handicapped by his strong and agile prisoner, was
+unable to wield his lance effectively upon the two jaloks. At the same time I
+was running swiftly toward them.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+When the man discovered me he released his hold upon Dian and sprang to the
+ground, ready with his lance to meet me. My javelin was no match for his longer
+weapon, which was used more for stabbing than as a missile. Should I miss him
+at my first cast, as was quite probable, since he was prepared for me, I would
+have to face his formidable lance with nothing more than a stone knife. The
+outlook was scarcely entrancing. Evidently I was soon to be absolutely at his
+mercy.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Seeing my predicament, he ran toward me to get rid of one antagonist before he
+had to deal with the other two. He could not guess, of course, that the two
+jaloks were hunting with me; but he doubtless thought that after they had
+finished the lidi they would make after the human prey—the beasts are notorious
+killers, often slaying wantonly.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But as the Thurian came Raja loosened his hold upon the lidi and dashed for
+him, with the female close after. When the man saw them he yelled to me to help
+him, protesting that we should both be killed if we did not fight together. But
+I only laughed at him and ran toward Dian.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Both the fierce beasts were upon the Thurian simu-taneously—he must have died
+almost before his body tumbled to the ground. Then the female wheeled toward
+Dian. I was standing by her side as the thing charged her, my javelin ready to
+receive her.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But again Raja was too quick for me. I imagined he thought she was making for
+me, for he couldn’t have known anything of my relations toward Dian. At any
+rate he leaped full upon her back and dragged her down. There ensued forthwith
+as terrible a battle as one would wish to see if battles were gaged by volume
+of noise and riotousness of action. I thought that both the beasts would be
+torn to shreds.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+When finally the female ceased to struggle and rolled over on her back, her
+forepaws limply folded, I was sure that she was dead. Raja stood over her,
+growling, his jaws close to her throat. Then I saw that neither of them bore a
+scratch. The male had simply administered a severe drubbing to his mate. It was
+his way of teaching her that I was sacred.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+After a moment he moved away and let her rise, when she set about smoothing
+down her rumpled coat, while he came stalking toward Dian and me. I had an arm
+about Dian now. As Raja came close I caught him by the neck and pulled him up
+to me. There I stroked him and talked to him, bidding Dian do the same, until I
+think he pretty well understood that if I was his friend, so was Dian.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+For a long time he was inclined to be shy of her, often baring his teeth at her
+approach, and it was a much longer time before the female made friends with us.
+But by careful kindness, by never eating without sharing our meat with them,
+and by feeding them from our hands, we finally won the confidence of both
+animals. However, that was a long time after.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+With the two beasts trotting after us, we returned to where we had left Juag.
+Here I had the dickens’ own time keeping the female from Juag’s throat. Of all
+the venomous, wicked, cruel-hearted beasts on two worlds, I think a female
+hyaenodon takes the palm.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But eventually she tolerated Juag as she had Dian and me, and the five of us
+set out toward the coast, for Juag had just completed his labors on the thag
+when we arrived. We ate some of the meat before starting, and gave the hounds
+some. All that we could we carried upon our backs.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+On the way to the canoe we met with no mishaps. Dian told me that the fellow
+who had stolen her had come upon her from behind while the roaring of the thag
+had drowned all other noises, and that the first she had known he had disarmed
+her and thrown her to the back of his lidi, which had been lying down close by
+waiting for him. By the time the thag had ceased bellowing the fellow had got
+well away upon his swift mount. By holding one palm over her mouth he had
+prevented her calling for help.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“I thought,” she concluded, “that I should have to use the viper’s tooth, after
+all.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+We reached the beach at last and unearthed the canoe. Then we busied ourselves
+stepping a mast and rigging a small sail—Juag and I, that is—while Dian cut the
+thag meat into long strips for drying when we should be out in the sunlight
+once more.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+At last all was done. We were ready to embark. I had no difficulty in getting
+Raja aboard the dugout; but Ranee—as we christened her after I had explained to
+Dian the meaning of Raja and its feminine equivalent—positively refused for a
+time to follow her mate aboard. In fact, we had to shove off without her. After
+a moment, however, she plunged into the water and swam after us.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I let her come alongside, and then Juag and I pulled her in, she snapping and
+snarling at us as we did so; but, strange to relate, she didn’t offer to attack
+us after we had ensconced her safely in the bottom alongside Raja.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The canoe behaved much better under sail than I had hoped—infinitely better
+than the battle-ship Sari had—and we made good progress almost due west across
+the gulf, upon the opposite side of which I hoped to find the mouth of the
+river of which Juag had told me.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The islander was much interested and impressed by the sail and its results. He
+had not been able to understand exactly what I hoped to accomplish with it
+while we were fitting up the boat; but when he saw the clumsy dugout move
+steadily through the water without paddles, he was as delighted as a child. We
+made splendid headway on the trip, coming into sight of land at last.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Juag had been terror-stricken when he had learned that I intended crossing the
+ocean, and when we passed out of sight of land he was in a blue funk. He said
+that he had never heard of such a thing before in his life, and that always he
+had understood that those who ventured far from land never returned; for how
+could they find their way when they could see no land to steer for?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I tried to explain the compass to him; and though he never really grasped the
+scientific explanation of it, yet he did learn to steer by it quite as well as
+I. We passed several islands on the journey—islands which Juag told me were
+entirely unknown to his own island folk. Indeed, our eyes may have been the
+first ever to rest upon them. I should have liked to stop off and explore them,
+but the business of empire would brook no unnecessary delays.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I asked Juag how Hooja expected to reach the mouth of the river which we were
+in search of if he didn’t cross the gulf, and the islander explained that Hooja
+would undoubtedly follow the coast around. For some time we sailed up the coast
+searching for the river, and at last we found it. So great was it that I
+thought it must be a mighty gulf until the mass of driftwood that came out upon
+the first ebb tide convinced me that it was the mouth of a river. There were
+the trunks of trees uprooted by the undermining of the river banks, giant
+creepers, flowers, grasses, and now and then the body of some land animal or
+bird.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I was all excitement to commence our upward journey when there occurred that
+which I had never before seen within Pellucidar—a really terrific wind-storm.
+It blew down the river upon us with a ferocity and suddenness that took our
+breaths away, and before we could get a chance to make the shore it became too
+late. The best that we could do was to hold the scud-ding craft before the wind
+and race along in a smother of white spume. Juag was terrified. If Dian was,
+she hid it; for was she not the daughter of a once great chief, the sister of a
+king, and the mate of an emperor?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Raja and Ranee were frightened. The former crawled close to my side and buried
+his nose against me. Finally even fierce Ranee was moved to seek sympathy from
+a human being. She slunk to Dian, pressing close against her and whimpering,
+while Dian stroked her shaggy neck and talked to her as I talked to Raja.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+There was nothing for us to do but try to keep the canoe right side up and
+straight before the wind. For what seemed an eternity the tempest neither
+increased nor abated. I judged that we must have blown a hundred miles before
+the wind and straight out into an unknown sea!
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As suddenly as the wind rose it died again, and when it died it veered to blow
+at right angles to its former course in a gentle breeze. I asked Juag then what
+our course was, for he had had the compass last. It had been on a leather thong
+about his neck. When he felt for it, the expression that came into his eyes
+told me as plainly as words what had happened—the compass was lost! The compass
+was lost!
+</p>
+
+<p>
+And we were out of sight of land without a single celestial body to guide us!
+Even the pendent world was not visible from our position!
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Our plight seemed hopeless to me, but I dared not let Dian and Juag guess how
+utterly dismayed I was; though, as I soon discovered, there was nothing to be
+gained by trying to keep the worst from Juag—he knew it quite as well as I. He
+had always known, from the legends of his people, the dangers of the open sea
+beyond the sight of land. The compass, since he had learned its uses from me,
+had been all that he had to buoy his hope of eventual salvation from the watery
+deep. He had seen how it had guided me across the water to the very coast that
+I desired to reach, and so he had implicit confidence in it. Now that it was
+gone, his confidence had departed, also.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+There seemed but one thing to do; that was to keep on sailing straight before
+the wind—since we could travel most rapidly along that course—until we sighted
+land of some description. If it chanced to be the mainland, well and good; if
+an island—well, we might live upon an island. We certainly could not live long
+in this little boat, with only a few strips of dried thag and a few quarts of
+water left.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Quite suddenly a thought occurred to me. I was surprised that it had not come
+before as a solution to our problem. I turned toward Juag.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“You Pellucidarians are endowed with a wonderful instinct,” I reminded him, “an
+instinct that points the way straight to your homes, no matter in what strange
+land you may find yourself. Now all we have to do is let Dian guide us toward
+Amoz, and we shall come in a short time to the same coast whence we just were
+blown.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As I spoke I looked at them with a smile of renewed hope; but there was no
+answering smile in their eyes. It was Dian who enlightened me.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“We could do all this upon land,” she said. “But upon the water that power is
+denied us. I do not know why; but I have always heard that this is true—that
+only upon the water may a Pellucidarian be lost. This is, I think, why we all
+fear the great ocean so—even those who go upon its surface in canoes. Juag has
+told us that they never go beyond the sight of land.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+We had lowered the sail after the blow while we were discussing the best course
+to pursue. Our little craft had been drifting idly, rising and falling with the
+great waves that were now diminishing. Sometimes we were upon the crest—again
+in the hollow. As Dian ceased speaking she let her eyes range across the
+limitless expanse of billowing waters. We rose to a great height upon the crest
+of a mighty wave. As we topped it Dian gave an exclamation and pointed astern.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Boats!” she cried. “Boats! Many, many boats!”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Juag and I leaped to our feet; but our little craft had now dropped to the
+trough, and we could see nothing but walls of water close upon either hand. We
+waited for the next wave to lift us, and when it did we strained our eyes in
+the direction that Dian had indicated. Sure enough, scarce half a mile away
+were several boats, and scattered far and wide behind us as far as we could see
+were many others! We could not make them out in the distance or in the brief
+glimpse that we caught of them before we were plunged again into the next wave
+canon; but they were boats.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+And in them must be human beings like ourselves.
+</p>
+
+</div><!--end chapter-->
+
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<h2><a name="chap13"></a>CHAPTER XIII<br/>
+RACING FOR LIFE</h2>
+
+<p>
+At last the sea subsided, and we were able to get a better view of the armada
+of small boats in our wake. There must have been two hundred of them. Juag said
+that he had never seen so many boats before in all his life. Where had they
+come from? Juag was first to hazard a guess.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Hooja,” he said, “was building many boats to carry his warriors to the great
+river and up it toward Sari. He was building them with almost all his warriors
+and many slaves upon the Island of Trees. No one else in all the history of
+Pellucidar has ever built so many boats as they told me Hooja was building.
+These must be Hooja’s boats.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“And they were blown out to sea by the great storm just as we were,” suggested
+Dian.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“There can be no better explanation of them,” I agreed.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“What shall we do?” asked Juag.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Suppose we make sure that they are really Hooja’s people,” suggested Dian. “It
+may be that they are not, and that if we run away from them before we learn
+definitely who they are, we shall be running away from a chance to live and
+find the mainland. They may be a people of whom we have never even heard, and
+if so we can ask them to help us—if they know the way to the mainland.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Which they will not,” interposed Juag.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Well,” I said, “it can’t make our predicament any more trying to wait until we
+find out who they are. They are heading for us now. Evidently they have spied
+our sail, and guess that we do not belong to their fleet.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“They probably want to ask the way to the mainland themselves,” said Juag, who
+was nothing if not a pessimist.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“If they want to catch us, they can do it if they can paddle faster than we can
+sail,” I said. “If we let them come close enough to discover their identity,
+and can then sail faster than they can paddle, we can get away from them
+anyway, so we might as well wait.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+And wait we did.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The sea calmed rapidly, so that by the time the foremost canoe had come within
+five hundred yards of us we could see them all plainly. Every one was headed
+for us. The dugouts, which were of unusual length, were manned by twenty
+paddlers, ten to a side. Besides the paddlers there were twenty-five or more
+warriors in each boat.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+When the leader was a hundred yards from us Dian called our attention to the
+fact that several of her crew were Sagoths. That convinced us that the flotilla
+was indeed Hooja’s. I told Juag to hail them and get what information he could,
+while I remained in the bottom of our canoe as much out of sight as possible.
+Dian lay down at full length in the bottom; I did not want them to see and
+recognize her if they were in truth Hooja’s people.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Who are you?” shouted Juag, standing up in the boat and making a megaphone of
+his palms.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+A figure arose in the bow of the leading canoe—a figure that I was sure I
+recognized even before he spoke.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“I am Hooja!” cried the man, in answer to Juag.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+For some reason he did not recognize his former prisoner and slave—possibly
+because he had so many of them.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“I come from the Island of Trees,” he continued. “A hundred of my boats were
+lost in the great storm and all their crews drowned. Where is the land? What
+are you, and what strange thing is that which flutters from the little tree in
+the front of your canoe?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+He referred to our sail, flapping idly in the wind.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“We, too, are lost,” replied Juag. “We know not where the land is. We are going
+back to look for it now.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+So saying he commenced to scull the canoe’s nose before the wind, while I made
+fast the primitive sheets that held our crude sail. We thought it time to be
+going.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+There wasn’t much wind at the time, and the heavy, lumbering dugout was slow in
+getting under way. I thought it never would gain any momentum. And all the
+while Hooja’s canoe was drawing rapidly nearer, propelled by the strong arms of
+his twenty paddlers. Of course, their dugout was much larger than ours, and,
+consequently, infinitely heavier and more cumbersome; nevertheless, it was
+coming along at quite a clip, and ours was yet but barely moving. Dian and I
+remained out of sight as much as possible, for the two craft were now well
+within bow-shot of one another, and I knew that Hooja had archers.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Hooja called to Juag to stop when he saw that our craft was moving. He was much
+interested in the sail, and not a little awed, as I could tell by his shouted
+remarks and questions. Raising my head, I saw him plainly. He would have made
+an excellent target for one of my guns, and I had never been sorrier that I had
+lost them.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+We were now picking up speed a trifle, and he was not gaining upon us so fast
+as at first. In consequence, his requests that we stop suddenly changed to
+commands as he became aware that we were trying to escape him.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Come back!” he shouted. “Come back, or I’ll fire!”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I use the word fire because it more nearly translates into English the
+Pellucidarian word trag, which covers the launching of any deadly missile.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But Juag only seized his paddle more tightly—the paddle that answered the
+purpose of rudder, and commenced to assist the wind by vigorous strokes. Then
+Hooja gave the command to some of his archers to fire upon us. I couldn’t lie
+hidden in the bottom of the boat, leaving Juag alone exposed to the deadly
+shafts, so I arose and, seizing another paddle, set to work to help him. Dian
+joined me, though I did my best to persuade her to remain sheltered; but being
+a woman, she must have her own way.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The instant that Hooja saw us he recognized us. The whoop of triumph he raised
+indicated how certain he was that we were about to fall into his hands. A
+shower of arrows fell about us. Then Hooja caused his men to cease firing—he
+wanted us alive. None of the missiles struck us, for Hooja’s archers were not
+nearly the marksmen that are my Sarians and Amozites.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+We had now gained sufficient headway to hold our own on about even terms with
+Hooja’s paddlers. We did not seem to be gaining, though; and neither did they.
+How long this nerve-racking experience lasted I cannot guess, though we had
+pretty nearly finished our meager supply of provisions when the wind picked up
+a bit and we commenced to draw away.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Not once yet had we sighted land, nor could I understand it, since so many of
+the seas I had seen before were thickly dotted with islands. Our plight was
+anything but pleasant, yet I think that Hooja and his forces were even worse
+off than we, for they had no food nor water at all.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Far out behind us in a long line that curved upward in the distance, to be lost
+in the haze, strung Hooja’s two hundred boats. But one would have been enough
+to have taken us could it have come alongside. We had drawn some fifty yards
+ahead of Hooja—there had been times when we were scarce ten yards in
+advance-and were feeling considerably safer from capture. Hooja’s men, working
+in relays, were commencing to show the effects of the strain under which they
+had been forced to work without food or water, and I think their weakening
+aided us almost as much as the slight freshening of the wind.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Hooja must have commenced to realize that he was going to lose us, for he again
+gave orders that we be fired upon. Volley after volley of arrows struck about
+us. The distance was so great by this time that most of the arrows fell short,
+while those that reached us were sufficiently spent to allow us to ward them
+off with our paddles. However, it was a most exciting ordeal.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Hooja stood in the bow of his boat, alternately urging his men to greater speed
+and shouting epithets at me. But we continued to draw away from him. At last
+the wind rose to a fair gale, and we simply raced away from our pursuers as if
+they were standing still. Juag was so tickled that he forgot all about his
+hunger and thirst. I think that he had never been entirely reconciled to the
+heathenish invention which I called a sail, and that down in the bottom of his
+heart he believed that the paddlers would eventually overhaul us; but now he
+couldn’t praise it enough.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+We had a strong gale for a considerable time, and eventually dropped Hooja’s
+fleet so far astern that we could no longer discern them. And then—ah, I shall
+never forget that moment—Dian sprang to her feet with a cry of “Land!”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Sure enough, dead ahead, a long, low coast stretched across our bow. It was
+still a long way off, and we couldn’t make out whether it was island or
+mainland; but at least it was land. If ever shipwrecked mariners were grateful,
+we were then. Raja and Ranee were commencing to suffer for lack of food, and I
+could swear that the latter often cast hungry glances upon us, though I am
+equally sure that no such hideous thoughts ever entered the head of her mate.
+We watched them both most closely, however. Once while stroking Ranee I managed
+to get a rope around her neck and make her fast to the side of the boat. Then I
+felt a bit safer for Dian. It was pretty close quarters in that little dugout
+for three human beings and two practically wild, man-eating dogs; but we had to
+make the best of it, since I would not listen to Juag’s suggestion that we kill
+and eat Raja and Ranee.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+We made good time to within a few miles of the shore. Then the wind died
+suddenly out. We were all of us keyed up to such a pitch of anticipation that
+the blow was doubly hard to bear. And it was a blow, too, since we could not
+tell in what quarter the wind might rise again; but Juag and I set to work to
+paddle the remaining distance.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Almost immediately the wind rose again from precisely the opposite direction
+from which it had formerly blown, so that it was mighty hard work making
+progress against it. Next it veered again so that we had to turn and run with
+it parallel to the coast to keep from being swamped in the trough of the seas.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+And while we were suffering all these disappointments Hooja’s fleet appeared in
+the distance!
+</p>
+
+<p>
+They evidently had gone far to the left of our course, for they were now almost
+behind us as we ran parallel to the coast; but we were not much afraid of being
+overtaken in the wind that was blowing. The gale kept on increasing, but it was
+fitful, swooping down upon us in great gusts and then going almost calm for an
+instant. It was after one of these momentary calms that the catastrophe
+occurred. Our sail hung limp and our momentum decreased when of a sudden a
+particularly vicious squall caught us. Before I could cut the sheets the mast
+had snapped at the thwart in which it was stepped.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The worst had happened; Juag and I seized paddles and kept the canoe with the
+wind; but that squall was the parting shot of the gale, which died out
+immediately after, leaving us free to make for the shore, which we lost no time
+in attempting. But Hooja had drawn closer in toward shore than we, so it looked
+as if he might head us off before we could land. However, we did our best to
+distance him, Dian taking a paddle with us.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+We were in a fair way to succeed when there appeared, pouring from among the
+trees beyond the beach, a horde of yelling, painted savages, brandishing all
+sorts of devilish-looking primitive weapons. So menacing was their attitude
+that we realized at once the folly of attempting to land among them.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Hooja was drawing closer to us. There was no wind. We could not hope to
+outpaddle him. And with our sail gone, no wind would help us, though, as if in
+derision at our plight, a steady breeze was now blowing. But we had no
+intention of sitting idle while our fate overtook us, so we bent to our paddles
+and, keeping parallel with the coast, did our best to pull away from our
+pursuers.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It was a grueling experience. We were weakened by lack of food. We were
+suffering the pangs of thirst. Capture and death were close at hand. Yet I
+think that we gave a good account of ourselves in our final effort to escape.
+Our boat was so much smaller and lighter than any of Hooja’s that the three of
+us forced it ahead almost as rapidly as his larger craft could go under their
+twenty paddles.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As we raced along the coast for one of those seemingly interminable periods
+that may draw hours into eternities where the labor is soul-searing and there
+is no way to measure time, I saw what I took for the opening to a bay or the
+mouth of a great river a short distance ahead of us. I wished that we might
+make for it; but with the menace of Hooja close behind and the screaming
+natives who raced along the shore parallel to us, I dared not attempt it.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+We were not far from shore in that mad flight from death. Even as I paddled I
+found opportunity to glance occasionally toward the natives. They were white,
+but hideously painted. From their gestures and weapons I took them to be a most
+ferocious race. I was rather glad that we had not succeeded in landing among
+them.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Hooja’s fleet had been in much more compact formation when we sighted them this
+time than on the occasion following the tempest. Now they were moving rapidly
+in pursuit of us, all well within the radius of a mile. Five of them were
+leading, all abreast, and were scarce two hundred yards from us. When I glanced
+over my shoulder I could see that the archers had already fitted arrows to
+their bows in readiness to fire upon us the moment that they should draw within
+range.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Hope was low in my breast. I could not see the slightest chance of escaping
+them, for they were overhauling us rapidly now, since they were able to work
+their paddles in relays, while we three were rapidly wearying beneath the
+constant strain that had been put upon us.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It was then that Juag called my attention to the rift in the shore-line which I
+had thought either a bay or the mouth of a great river. There I saw moving
+slowly out into the sea that which filled my soul with wonder.
+</p>
+
+</div><!--end chapter-->
+
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<h2><a name="chap14"></a>CHAPTER XIV<br/>
+GORE AND DREAMS</h2>
+
+<p>
+It was a two-masted felucca with lateen sails! The craft was long and low. In
+it were more than fifty men, twenty or thirty of whom were at oars with which
+the craft was being propelled from the lee of the land. I was dumbfounded.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Could it be that the savage, painted natives I had seen on shore had so
+perfected the art of navigation that they were masters of such advanced
+building and rigging as this craft proclaimed? It seemed impossible! And as I
+looked I saw another of the same type swing into view and follow its sister
+through the narrow strait out into the ocean.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Nor were these all. One after another, following closely upon one another’s
+heels, came fifty of the trim, graceful vessels. They were cutting in between
+Hooja’s fleet and our little dugout.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+When they came a bit closer my eyes fairly popped from my head at what I saw,
+for in the eye of the leading felucca stood a man with a sea-glass leveled upon
+us. Who could they be? Was there a civilization within Pellucidar of such
+wondrous advancement as this? Were there far-distant lands of which none of my
+people had ever heard, where a race had so greatly outstripped all other races
+of this inner world?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The man with the glass had lowered it and was shouting to us. I could not make
+out his words, but presently I saw that he was pointing aloft. When I looked I
+saw a pennant fluttering from the peak of the forward lateen yard—a red, white,
+and blue pennant, with a single great white star in a field of blue.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Then I knew. My eyes went even wider than they had before. It was the navy! It
+was the navy of the empire of Pellucidar which I had instructed Perry to build
+in my absence. It was <i>my</i> navy!
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I dropped my paddle and stood up and shouted and waved my hand. Juag and Dian
+looked at me as if I had gone suddenly mad. When I could stop shouting I told
+them, and they shared my joy and shouted with me.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But still Hooja was coming nearer, nor could the leading felucca overhaul him
+before he would be along-side or at least within bow-shot.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Hooja must have been as much mystified as we were as to the identity of the
+strange fleet; but when he saw me waving to them he evidently guessed that they
+were friendly to us, so he urged his men to redouble their efforts to reach us
+before the felucca cut him off.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+He shouted word back to others of his fleet—word that was passed back until it
+had reached them all—directing them to run alongside the strangers and board
+them, for with his two hundred craft and his eight or ten thousand warriors he
+evidently felt equal to overcoming the fifty vessels of the enemy, which did
+not seem to carry over three thousand men all told.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+His own personal energies he bent to reaching Dian and me first, leaving the
+rest of the work to his other boats. I thought that there could be little doubt
+that he would be successful in so far as we were concerned, and I feared for
+the revenge that he might take upon us should the battle go against his force,
+as I was sure it would; for I knew that Perry and his Mezops must have brought
+with them all the arms and ammunition that had been contained in the
+prospector. But I was not prepared for what happened next.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As Hooja’s canoe reached a point some twenty yards from us a great puff of
+smoke broke from the bow of the leading felucca, followed almost simultaneously
+by a terrific explosion, and a solid shot screamed close over the heads of the
+men in Hooja’s craft, raising a great splash where it clove the water just
+beyond them.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Perry had perfected gunpowder and built cannon! It was marvelous! Dian and
+Juag, as much surprised as Hooja, turned wondering eyes toward me. Again the
+cannon spoke. I suppose that by comparison with the great guns of modern naval
+vessels of the outer world it was a pitifully small and inadequate thing; but
+here in Pellucidar, where it was the first of its kind, it was about as
+awe-inspiring as anything you might imagine.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+With the report an iron cannonball about five inches in diameter struck Hooja’s
+dugout just above the water-line, tore a great splintering hole in its side,
+turned it over, and dumped its occupants into the sea.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The four dugouts that had been abreast of Hooja had turned to intercept the
+leading felucca. Even now, in the face of what must have been a withering
+catastrophe to them, they kept bravely on toward the strange and terrible
+craft.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In them were fully two hundred men, while but fifty lined the gunwale of the
+felucca to repel them. The commander of the felucca, who proved to be Ja, let
+them come quite close and then turned loose upon them a volley of shots from
+small-arms.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The cave men and Sagoths in the dugouts seemed to wither before that blast of
+death like dry grass before a prairie fire. Those who were not hit dropped
+their bows and javelins and, seizing upon paddles, attempted to escape. But the
+felucca pursued them relentlessly, her crew firing at will.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+At last I heard Ja shouting to the survivors in the dugouts—they were all quite
+close to us now—offering them their lives if they would surrender. Perry was
+standing close behind Ja, and I knew that this merciful action was prompted,
+perhaps commanded, by the old man; for no Pellucidarian would have thought of
+showing leniency to a defeated foe.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As there was no alternative save death, the survivors surrendered and a moment
+later were taken aboard the Amoz, the name that I could now see printed in
+large letters upon the felucca’s bow, and which no one in that whole world
+could read except Perry and I.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+When the prisoners were aboard, Ja brought the felucca alongside our dugout.
+Many were the willing hands that reached down to lift us to her decks. The
+bronze faces of the Mezops were broad with smiles, and Perry was fairly beside
+himself with joy.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Dian went aboard first and then Juag, as I wished to help Raja and Ranee aboard
+myself, well knowing that it would fare ill with any Mezop who touched them. We
+got them aboard at last, and a great commotion they caused among the crew, who
+had never seen a wild beast thus handled by man before.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Perry and Dian and I were so full of questions that we fairly burst, but we had
+to contain ourselves for a while, since the battle with the rest of Hooja’s
+fleet had scarce commenced. From the small forward decks of the feluccas
+Perry’s crude cannon were belching smoke, flame, thunder, and death. The air
+trembled to the roar of them. Hooja’s horde, intrepid, savage fighters that
+they were, were closing in to grapple in a last death-struggle with the Mezops
+who manned our vessels.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The handling of our fleet by the red island warriors of Ja’s clan was far from
+perfect. I could see that Perry had lost no time after the completion of the
+boats in setting out upon this cruise. What little the captains and crews had
+learned of handling feluccas they must have learned principally since they
+embarked upon this voyage, and while experience is an excellent teacher and had
+done much for them, they still had a great deal to learn. In maneuvering for
+position they were continually fouling one another, and on two occasions shots
+from our batteries came near to striking our own ships.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+No sooner, however, was I aboard the flagship than I attempted to rectify this
+trouble to some extent. By passing commands by word of mouth from one ship to
+another I managed to get the fifty feluccas into some sort of line, with the
+flag-ship in the lead. In this formation we commenced slowly to circle the
+position of the enemy. The dugouts came for us right along in an attempt to
+board us, but by keeping on the move in one direction and circling, we managed
+to avoid getting in each other’s way, and were enabled to fire our cannon and
+our small arms with less danger to our own comrades.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+When I had a moment to look about me, I took in the felucca on which I was. I
+am free to confess that I marveled at the excellent construction and stanch yet
+speedy lines of the little craft. That Perry had chosen this type of vessel
+seemed rather remarkable, for though I had warned him against turreted
+battle-ships, armor, and like useless show, I had fully expected that when I
+beheld his navy I should find considerable attempt at grim and terrible
+magnificence, for it was always Perry’s idea to overawe these ignorant cave men
+when we had to contend with them in battle. But I had soon learned that while
+one might easily astonish them with some new engine of war, it was an utter
+impossibility to frighten them into surrender.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I learned later that Ja had gone carefully over the plans of various craft with
+Perry. The old man had explained in detail all that the text told him of them.
+The two had measured out dimensions upon the ground, that Ja might see the
+sizes of different boats. Perry had built models, and Ja had had him read
+carefully and explain all that they could find relative to the handling of
+sailing vessels. The result of this was that Ja was the one who had chosen the
+felucca. It was well that Perry had had so excellent a balance wheel, for he
+had been wild to build a huge frigate of the Nelsonian era—he told me so
+himself.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+One thing that had inclined Ja particularly to the felucca was the fact that it
+included oars in its equipment. He realized the limitations of his people in
+the matter of sails, and while they had never used oars, the implement was so
+similar to a paddle that he was sure they quickly could master the art—and they
+did. As soon as one hull was completed Ja kept it on the water constantly,
+first with one crew and then with another, until two thousand red warriors had
+learned to row. Then they stepped their masts and a crew was told off for the
+first ship.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+While the others were building they learned to handle theirs. As each
+succeeding boat was launched its crew took it out and practiced with it under
+the tutorage of those who had graduated from the first ship, and so on until a
+full complement of men had been trained for every boat.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Well, to get back to the battle: The Hoojans kept on coming at us, and as fast
+as they came we mowed them down. It was little else than slaughter. Time and
+time again I cried to them to surrender, promising them their lives if they
+would do so. At last there were but ten boatloads left. These turned in flight.
+They thought they could paddle away from us—it was pitiful! I passed the word
+from boat to boat to cease firing—not to kill another Hoojan unless they fired
+on us. Then we set out after them. There was a nice little breeze blowing and
+we bowled along after our quarry as gracefully and as lightly as swans upon a
+park lagoon. As we approached them I could see not only wonder but admiration
+in their eyes. I hailed the nearest dugout.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Throw down your arms and come aboard us,” I cried, “and you shall not be
+harmed. We will feed you and return you to the mainland. Then you shall go free
+upon your promise never to bear arms against the Emperor of Pellucidar again!”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I think it was the promise of food that interested them most. They could scarce
+believe that we would not kill them. But when I exhibited the prisoners we
+already had taken, and showed them that they were alive and unharmed, a great
+Sagoth in one of the boats asked me what guarantee I could give that I would
+keep my word.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“None other than my word,” I replied. “That I do not break.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The Pellucidarians themselves are rather punctilious about this same matter, so
+the Sagoth could understand that I might possibly be speaking the truth. But he
+could not understand why we should not kill them unless we meant to enslave
+them, which I had as much as denied already when I had promised to set them
+free. Ja couldn’t exactly see the wisdom of my plan, either. He thought that we
+ought to follow up the ten remaining dugouts and sink them all; but I insisted
+that we must free as many as possible of our enemies upon the mainland.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“You see,” I explained, “these men will return at once to Hooja’s Island, to
+the Mahar cities from which they come, or to the countries from which they were
+stolen by the Mahars. They are men of two races and of many countries. They
+will spread the story of our victory far and wide, and while they are with us,
+we will let them see and hear many other wonderful things which they may carry
+back to their friends and their chiefs. It’s the finest chance for free
+publicity, Perry,” I added to the old man, “that you or I have seen in many a
+day.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Perry agreed with me. As a matter of fact, he would have agreed to anything
+that would have restrained us from killing the poor devils who fell into our
+hands. He was a great fellow to invent gunpowder and firearms and cannon; but
+when it came to using these things to kill people, he was as tender-hearted as
+a chicken.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The Sagoth who had spoken was talking to other Sagoths in his boat. Evidently
+they were holding a council over the question of the wisdom of surrendering.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“What will become of you if you don’t surrender to us?” I asked. “If we do not
+open up our batteries on you again and kill you all, you will simply drift
+about the sea helplessly until you die of thirst and starvation. You cannot
+return to the islands, for you have seen as well as we that the natives there
+are very numerous and warlike. They would kill you the moment you landed.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The upshot of it was that the boat of which the Sagoth speaker was in charge
+surrendered. The Sagoths threw down their weapons, and we took them aboard the
+ship next in line behind the Amoz. First Ja had to impress upon the captain and
+crew of the ship that the prisoners were not to be abused or killed. After that
+the remaining dugouts paddled up and surrendered. We distributed them among the
+entire fleet lest there be too many upon any one vessel. Thus ended the first
+real naval engagement that the Pellucidarian seas had ever witnessed—though
+Perry still insists that the action in which the Sari took part was a battle of
+the first magnitude.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The battle over and the prisoners disposed of and fed—and do not imagine that
+Dian, Juag, and I, as well as the two hounds were not fed also—I turned my
+attention to the fleet. We had the feluccas close in about the flag-ship, and
+with all the ceremony of a medieval potentate on parade I received the
+commanders of the forty-nine feluccas that accompanied the flag-ship—Dian and I
+together—the empress and the emperor of Pellucidar.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It was a great occasion. The savage, bronze warriors entered into the spirit of
+it, for as I learned later dear old Perry had left no opportunity neglected for
+impressing upon them that David was emperor of Pellucidar, and that all that
+they were accomplishing and all that he was accomplishing was due to the power,
+and redounded to the glory of David. The old man must have rubbed it in pretty
+strong, for those fierce warriors nearly came to blows in their efforts to be
+among the first of those to kneel before me and kiss my hand. When it came to
+kissing Dian’s I think they enjoyed it more; I know I should have.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+A happy thought occurred to me as I stood upon the little deck of the Amoz with
+the first of Perry’s primitive cannon behind me. When Ja kneeled at my feet,
+and first to do me homage, I drew from its scabbard at his side the sword of
+hammered iron that Perry had taught him to fashion. Striking him lightly on the
+shoulder I created him king of Anoroc. Each captain of the forty-nine other
+feluccas I made a duke. I left it to Perry to enlighten them as to the value of
+the honors I had bestowed upon them.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+During these ceremonies Raja and Ranee had stood beside Dian and me. Their
+bellies had been well filled, but still they had difficulty in permitting so
+much edible humanity to pass unchallenged. It was a good education for them
+though, and never after did they find it difficult to associate with the human
+race without arousing their appetites.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+After the ceremonies were over we had a chance to talk with Perry and Ja. The
+former told me that Ghak, king of Sari, had sent my letter and map to him by a
+runner, and that he and Ja had at once decided to set out on the completion of
+the fleet to ascertain the correctness of my theory that the Lural Az, in which
+the Anoroc Islands lay, was in reality the same ocean as that which lapped the
+shores of Thuria under the name of Sojar Az, or Great Sea.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Their destination had been the island retreat of Hooja, and they had sent word
+to Ghak of their plans that we might work in harmony with them. The tempest
+that had blown us off the coast of the continent had blown them far to the
+south also. Shortly before discovering us they had come into a great group of
+islands, from between the largest two of which they were sailing when they saw
+Hooja’s fleet pursuing our dugout.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I asked Perry if he had any idea as to where we were, or in what direction lay
+Hooja’s island or the continent. He replied by producing his map, on which he
+had carefully marked the newly discovered islands—there described as the
+Unfriendly Isles—which showed Hooja’s island northwest of us about two points
+West.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+He then explained that with compass, chronometer, log and reel, they had kept a
+fairly accurate record of their course from the time they had set out. Four of
+the feluccas were equipped with these instruments, and all of the captains had
+been instructed in their use.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I was very greatly surprised at the ease with which these savages had mastered
+the rather intricate detail of this unusual work, but Perry assured me that
+they were a wonderfully intelligent race, and had been quick to grasp all that
+he had tried to teach them.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Another thing that surprised me was the fact that so much had been accomplished
+in so short a time, for I could not believe that I had been gone from Anoroc
+for a sufficient period to permit of building a fleet of fifty feluccas and
+mining iron ore for the cannon and balls, to say nothing of manufacturing these
+guns and the crude muzzle-loading rifles with which every Mezop was armed, as
+well as the gunpowder and ammunition they had in such ample quantities.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Time!” exclaimed Perry. “Well, how long were you gone from Anoroc before we
+picked you up in the Sojar Az?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+That was a puzzler, and I had to admit it. I didn’t know how much time had
+elapsed and neither did Perry, for time is nonexistent in Pellucidar.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Then, you see, David,” he continued, “I had almost unbelievable resources at
+my disposal. The Mezops inhabiting the Anoroc Islands, which stretch far out to
+sea beyond the three principal isles with which you are familiar, number well
+into the millions, and by far the greater part of them are friendly to Ja. Men,
+women, and children turned to and worked the moment Ja explained the nature of
+our enterprise.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“And not only were they anxious to do all in their power to hasten the day when
+the Mahars should be overthrown, but—and this counted for most of all—they are
+simply ravenous for greater knowledge and for better ways of doing things.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“The contents of the prospector set their imaginations to working overtime, so
+that they craved to own, themselves, the knowledge which had made it possible
+for other men to create and build the things which you brought back from the
+outer world.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“And then,” continued the old man, “the element of time, or, rather, lack of
+time, operated to my advantage. There being no nights, there was no laying off
+from work—they labored incessantly stopping only to eat and, on rare occasions,
+to sleep. Once we had discovered iron ore we had enough mined in an incredibly
+short time to build a thousand cannon. I had only to show them once how a thing
+should be done, and they would fall to work by thousands to do it.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Why, no sooner had we fashioned the first muzzle-loader and they had seen it
+work successfully, than fully three thousand Mezops fell to work to make
+rifles. Of course there was much confusion and lost motion at first, but
+eventually Ja got them in hand, detailing squads of them under competent chiefs
+to certain work.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“We now have a hundred expert gun-makers. On a little isolated isle we have a
+great powder-factory. Near the iron-mine, which is on the mainland, is a
+smelter, and on the eastern shore of Anoroc, a well equipped ship-yard. All
+these industries are guarded by forts in which several cannon are mounted and
+where warriors are always on guard.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“You would be surprised now, David, at the aspect of Anoroc. I am surprised
+myself; it seems always to me as I compare it with the day that I first set
+foot upon it from the deck of the Sari that only a miracle could have worked
+the change that has taken place.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“It is a miracle,” I said; “it is nothing short of a miracle to transplant all
+the wondrous possibilities of the twentieth century back to the Stone Age. It
+is a miracle to think that only five hundred miles of earth separate two epochs
+that are really ages and ages apart.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“It is stupendous, Perry! But still more stupendous is the power that you and I
+wield in this great world. These people look upon us as little less than
+supermen. We must show them that we are all of that.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“We must give them the best that we have, Perry.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Yes,” he agreed; “we must. I have been thinking a great deal lately that some
+kind of shrapnel shell or explosive bomb would be a most splendid innovation in
+their warfare. Then there are breech-loading rifles and those with magazines
+that I must hasten to study out and learn to reproduce as soon as we get
+settled down again; and—”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Hold on, Perry!” I cried. “I didn’t mean these sorts of things at all. I said
+that we must give them the best we have. What we have given them so far has
+been the worst. We have given them war and the munitions of war. In a single
+day we have made their wars infinitely more terrible and bloody than in all
+their past ages they have been able to make them with their crude, primitive
+weapons.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“In a period that could scarcely have exceeded two outer earthly hours, our
+fleet practically annihilated the largest armada of native canoes that the
+Pellucidarians ever before had gathered together. We butchered some eight
+thousand warriors with the twentieth-century gifts we brought. Why, they
+wouldn’t have killed that many warriors in the entire duration of a dozen of
+their wars with their own weapons! No, Perry; we’ve got to give them something
+better than scientific methods of killing one another.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The old man looked at me in amazement. There was reproach in his eyes, too.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Why, David!” he said sorrowfully. “I thought that you would be pleased with
+what I had done. We planned these things together, and I am sure that it was
+you who suggested practically all of it. I have done only what I thought you
+wished done and I have done it the best that I know how.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I laid my hand on the old man’s shoulder.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Bless your heart, Perry!” I cried. “You’ve accomplished miracles. You have
+done precisely what I should have done, only you’ve done it better. I’m not
+finding fault; but I don’t wish to lose sight myself, or let you lose sight, of
+the greater work which must grow out of this preliminary and necessary carnage.
+First we must place the empire upon a secure footing, and we can do so only by
+putting the fear of us in the hearts of our enemies; but after that—
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Ah, Perry! That is the day I look forward to! When you and I can build
+sewing-machines instead of battle-ships, harvesters of crops instead of
+harvesters of men, plow-shares and telephones, schools and colleges,
+printing-presses and paper! When our merchant marine shall ply the great
+Pellucidarian seas, and cargoes of silks and typewriters and books shall forge
+their ways where only hideous saurians have held sway since time began!”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Amen!” said Perry.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+And Dian, who was standing at my side, pressed my hand.
+</p>
+
+</div><!--end chapter-->
+
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<h2><a name="chap15"></a>CHAPTER XV<br/>
+CONQUEST AND PEACE</h2>
+
+<p>
+The fleet sailed directly for Hooja’s island, coming to anchor at its
+north-eastern extremity before the flat-topped hill that had been Hooja’s
+stronghold. I sent one of the prisoners ashore to demand an immediate
+surrender; but as he told me afterward they wouldn’t believe all that he told
+them, so they congregated on the cliff-top and shot futile arrows at us.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In reply I had five of the feluccas cannonade them. When they scampered away at
+the sound of the terrific explosions, and at sight of the smoke and the iron
+balls I landed a couple of hundred red warriors and led them to the opposite
+end of the hill into the tunnel that ran to its summit. Here we met a little
+resistance; but a volley from the muzzle-loaders turned back those who disputed
+our right of way, and presently we gained the mesa. Here again we met
+resistance, but at last the remnant of Hooja’s horde surrendered.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Juag was with me, and I lost no time in returning to him and his tribe the
+hilltop that had been their ancestral home for ages until they were robbed of
+it by Hooja. I created a kingdom of the island, making Juag king there. Before
+we sailed I went to Gr-gr-gr, chief of the beast-men, taking Juag with me.
+There the three of us arranged a code of laws that would permit the brute-folk
+and the human beings of the island to live in peace and harmony. Gr-gr-gr sent
+his son with me back to Sari, capital of my empire, that he might learn the
+ways of the human beings. I have hopes of turning this race into the greatest
+agriculturists of Pellucidar. When I returned to the fleet I found that one of
+the islanders of Juag’s tribe, who had been absent when we arrived, had just
+returned from the mainland with the news that a great army was encamped in the
+Land of Awful Shadow, and that they were threatening Thuria. I lost no time in
+weighing anchors and setting out for the continent, which we reached after a
+short and easy voyage.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+From the deck of the Amoz I scanned the shore through the glasses that Perry
+had brought with him. When we were close enough for the glasses to be of value
+I saw that there was indeed a vast concourse of warriors entirely encircling
+the walled-village of Goork, chief of the Thurians. As we approached smaller
+objects became distinguishable. It was then that I discovered numerous flags
+and pennants floating above the army of the besiegers.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I called Perry and passed the glasses to him.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Ghak of Sari,” I said.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Perry looked through the lenses of a moment, and then turned to me with a
+smile.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“The red, white, and blue of the empire,” he said. “It is indeed your majesty’s
+army.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It soon became apparent that we had been sighted by those on shore, for a great
+multitude of warriors had congregated along the beach watching us. We came to
+anchor as close in as we dared, which with our light feluccas was within easy
+speaking-distance of the shore. Ghak was there and his eyes were mighty wide,
+too; for, as he told us later, though he knew this must be Perry’s fleet it was
+so wonderful to him that he could not believe the testimony of his own eyes
+even while he was watching it approach.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+To give the proper effect to our meeting I commanded that each felucca fire
+twenty-one guns as a salute to His Majesty Ghak, King of Sari. Some of the
+gunners, in the exuberance of their enthusiasm, fired solid shot; but
+fortunately they had sufficient good judg-ment to train their pieces on the
+open sea, so no harm was done. After this we landed—an arduous task since each
+felucca carried but a single light dugout.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I learned from Ghak that the Thurian chieftain, Goork, had been inclined to
+haughtiness, and had told Ghak, the Hairy One, that he knew nothing of me and
+cared less; but I imagine that the sight of the fleet and the sound of the guns
+brought him to his senses, for it was not long before he sent a deputation to
+me, inviting me to visit him in his village. Here he apologized for the
+treatment he had accorded me, very gladly swore allegiance to the empire, and
+received in return the title of king.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+We remained in Thuria only long enough to arrange the treaty with Goork, among
+the other details of which was his promise to furnish the imperial army with a
+thousand lidi, or Thurian beasts of burden, and drivers for them. These were to
+accompany Ghak’s army back to Sari by land, while the fleet sailed to the mouth
+of the great river from which Dian, Juag, and I had been blown.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The voyage was uneventful. We found the river easily, and sailed up it for many
+miles through as rich and wonderful a plain as I have ever seen. At the head of
+navigation we disembarked, leaving a sufficient guard for the feluccas, and
+marched the remaining distance to Sari.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Ghak’s army, which was composed of warriors of all the original tribes of the
+federation, showing how successful had been his efforts to rehabilitate the
+empire, marched into Sari some time after we arrived. With them were the
+thousand lidi from Thuria.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+At a council of the kings it was decided that we should at once commence the
+great war against the Mahars, for these haughty reptiles presented the greatest
+obstacle to human progress within Pellucidar. I laid out a plan of campaign
+which met with the enthusiastic indorsement of the kings. Pursuant to it, I at
+once despatched fifty lidi to the fleet with orders to fetch fifty cannon to
+Sari. I also ordered the fleet to proceed at once to Anoroc, where they were to
+take aboard all the rifles and ammunition that had been completed since their
+departure, and with a full complement of men to sail along the coast in an
+attempt to find a passage to the inland sea near which lay the Mahars’ buried
+city of Phutra.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Ja was sure that a large and navigable river connected the sea of Phutra with
+the Lural Az, and that, barring accident, the fleet would be before Phutra as
+soon as the land forces were.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+At last the great army started upon its march. There were warriors from every
+one of the federated kingdoms. All were armed either with bow and arrows or
+muzzle-loaders, for nearly the entire Mezop contingent had been enlisted for
+this march, only sufficient having been left aboard the feluccas to man them
+properly. I divided the forces into divisions, regiments, battalions,
+companies, and even to platoons and sections, appointing the full complement of
+officers and noncommissioned officers. On the long march I schooled them in
+their duties, and as fast as one learned I sent him among the others as a
+teacher.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Each regiment was made up of about a thousand bowmen, and to each was
+temporarily attached a company of Mezop musketeers and a battery of
+artillery—the latter, our naval guns, mounted upon the broad backs of the
+mighty lidi. There was also one full regiment of Mezop musketeers and a
+regiment of primitive spearmen. The rest of the lidi that we brought with us
+were used for baggage animals and to transport our women and children, for we
+had brought them with us, as it was our intention to march from one Mahar city
+to another until we had subdued every Mahar nation that menaced the safety of
+any kingdom of the empire.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Before we reached the plain of Phutra we were discovered by a company of
+Sagoths, who at first stood to give battle; but upon seeing the vast numbers of
+our army they turned and fled toward Phutra. The result of this was that when
+we came in sight of the hundred towers which mark the entrances to the buried
+city we found a great army of Sagoths and Mahars lined up to give us battle.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+At a thousand yards we halted, and, placing our artillery upon a slight
+eminence at either flank, we commenced to drop solid shot among them. Ja, who
+was chief artillery officer, was in command of this branch of the service, and
+he did some excellent work, for his Mezop gunners had become rather proficient
+by this time. The Sagoths couldn’t stand much of this sort of warfare, so they
+charged us, yelling like fiends. We let them come quite close, and then the
+musketeers who formed the first line opened up on them.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The slaughter was something frightful, but still the remnants of them kept on
+coming until it was a matter of hand-to-hand fighting. Here our spearmen were
+of value, as were also the crude iron swords with which most of the imperial
+warriors were armed.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+We lost heavily in the encounter after the Sagoths reached us; but they were
+absolutely exterminated—not one remained even as a prisoner. The Mahars, seeing
+how the battle was going, had hastened to the safety of their buried city. When
+we had overcome their gorilla-men we followed after them.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But here we were doomed to defeat, at least temporarily; for no sooner had the
+first of our troops descended into the subterranean avenues than many of them
+came stumbling and fighting their way back to the surface, half-choked by the
+fumes of some deadly gas that the reptiles had liberated upon them. We lost a
+number of men here. Then I sent for Perry, who had remained discreetly in the
+rear, and had him construct a little affair that I had had in my mind against
+the possibility of our meeting with a check at the entrances to the underground
+city.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Under my direction he stuffed one of his cannon full of powder, small bullets,
+and pieces of stone, almost to the muzzle. Then he plugged the muzzle tight
+with a cone-shaped block of wood, hammered and jammed in as tight as it could
+be. Next he inserted a long fuse. A dozen men rolled the cannon to the top of
+the stairs leading down into the city, first removing it from its carriage. One
+of them then lit the fuse and the whole thing was given a shove down the
+stairway, while the detachment turned and scampered to a safe distance.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+For what seemed a very long time nothing happened. We had commenced to think
+that the fuse had been put out while the piece was rolling down the stairway,
+or that the Mahars had guessed its purpose and extinguished it themselves, when
+the ground about the entrance rose suddenly into the air, to be followed by a
+terrific explosion and a burst of smoke and flame that shot high in company
+with dirt, stone, and fragments of cannon.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Perry had been working on two more of these giant bombs as soon as the first
+was completed. Presently we launched these into two of the other entrances.
+They were all that were required, for almost immediately after the third
+explosion a stream of Mahars broke from the exits furthest from us, rose upon
+their wings, and soared northward. A hundred men on lidi were despatched in
+pursuit, each lidi carrying two riflemen in addition to its driver. Guessing
+that the inland sea, which lay not far north of Phutra, was their destination,
+I took a couple of regiments and followed.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+A low ridge intervenes between the Phutra plain where the city lies, and the
+inland sea where the Mahars were wont to disport themselves in the cool waters.
+Not until we had topped this ridge did we get a view of the sea.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Then we beheld a scene that I shall never forget so long as I may live.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Along the beach were lined up the troop of lidi, while a hundred yards from
+shore the surface of the water was black with the long snouts and cold,
+reptilian eyes of the Mahars. Our savage Mezop riflemen, and the shorter,
+squatter, white-skinned Thurian drivers, shading their eyes with their hands,
+were gazing seaward beyond the Mahars, whose eyes were fastened upon the same
+spot. My heart leaped when I discovered that which was chaining the attention
+of them all. Twenty graceful feluccas were moving smoothly across the waters of
+the sea toward the reptilian horde!
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The sight must have filled the Mahars with awe and consternation, for never had
+they seen the like of these craft before. For a time they seemed unable to do
+aught but gaze at the approaching fleet; but when the Mezops opened on them
+with their muskets the reptiles swam rapidly in the direction of the feluccas,
+evidently thinking that these would prove the easier to overcome. The commander
+of the fleet permitted them to approach within a hundred yards. Then he opened
+on them with all the cannon that could be brought to bear, as well as with the
+small arms of the sailors.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+A great many of the reptiles were killed at the first volley. They wavered for
+a moment, then dived; nor did we see them again for a long time.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But finally they rose far out beyond the fleet, and when the feluccas came
+about and pursued them they left the water and flew away toward the north.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Following the fall of Phutra I visited Anoroc, where I found the people busy in
+the shipyards and the factories that Perry had established. I discovered
+something, too, that he had not told me of—something that seemed infinitely
+more promising than the powder-factory or the arsenal. It was a young man
+poring over one of the books I had brought back from the outer world! He was
+sitting in the log cabin that Perry had had built to serve as his sleeping
+quarters and office. So absorbed was he that he did not notice our entrance.
+Perry saw the look of astonishment in my eyes and smiled.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“I started teaching him the alphabet when we first reached the prospector, and
+were taking out its contents,” he explained. “He was much mystified by the
+books and anxious to know of what use they were. When I explained he asked me
+to teach him to read, and so I worked with him whenever I could. He is very
+intelligent and learns quickly. Before I left he had made great progress, and
+as soon as he is qualified he is going to teach others to read. It was mighty
+hard work getting started, though, for everything had to be translated into
+Pellucidarian.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“It will take a long time to solve this problem, but I think that by teaching a
+number of them to read and write English we shall then be able more quickly to
+give them a written language of their own.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+And this was the nucleus about which we were to build our great system of
+schools and colleges—this almost naked red warrior, sitting in Perry’s little
+cabin upon the island of Anoroc, picking out words letter by letter from a work
+on intensive farming. Now we have—
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But I’ll get to all that before I finish.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+While we were at Anoroc I accompanied Ja in an expedition to South Island, the
+southernmost of the three largest which form the Anoroc group—Perry had given
+it its name—where we made peace with the tribe there that had for long been
+hostile toward Ja. They were now glad enough to make friends with him and come
+into the federation. From there we sailed with sixty-five feluccas for distant
+Luana, the main island of the group where dwell the hereditary enemies of
+Anoroc.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Twenty-five of the feluccas were of a new and larger type than those with which
+Ja and Perry had sailed on the occasion when they chanced to find and rescue
+Dian and me. They were longer, carried much larger sails, and were considerably
+swifter. Each carried four guns instead of two, and these were so arranged that
+one or more of them could be brought into action no matter where the enemy lay.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The Luana group lies just beyond the range of vision from the mainland. The
+largest island of it alone is visible from Anoroc; but when we neared it we
+found that it comprised many beautiful islands, and that they were thickly
+populated. The Luanians had not, of course, been ignorant of all that had been
+going on in the domains of their nearest and dearest enemies. They knew of our
+feluccas and our guns, for several of their riding-parties had had a taste of
+both. But their principal chief, an old man, had never seen either. So, when he
+sighted us, he put out to overwhelm us, bringing with him a fleet of about a
+hundred large war-canoes, loaded to capacity with javelin-armed warriors. It
+was pitiful, and I told Ja as much. It seemed a shame to massacre these poor
+fellows if there was any way out of it.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+To my surprise Ja felt much as I did. He said he had always hated to war with
+other Mezops when there were so many alien races to fight against. I suggested
+that we hail the chief and request a parley; but when Ja did so the old fool
+thought that we were afraid, and with loud cries of exultation urged his
+warriors upon us.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+So we opened up on them, but at my suggestion centered our fire upon the
+chief’s canoe. The result was that in about thirty seconds there was nothing
+left of that war dugout but a handful of splinters, while its crew—those who
+were not killed—were struggling in the water, battling with the myriad terrible
+creatures that had risen to devour them.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+We saved some of them, but the majority died just as had Hooja and the crew of
+his canoe that time our second shot capsized them.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Again we called to the remaining warriors to enter into a parley with us; but
+the chief’s son was there and he would not, now that he had seen his father
+killed. He was all for revenge. So we had to open up on the brave fellows with
+all our guns; but it didn’t last long at that, for there chanced to be wiser
+heads among the Luanians than their chief or his son had possessed. Presently,
+an old warrior who commanded one of the dugouts surrendered. After that they
+came in one by one until all had laid their weapons upon our decks.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Then we called together upon the flag-ship all our captains, to give the affair
+greater weight and dignity, and all the principal men of Luana. We had
+conquered them, and they expected either death or slavery; but they deserved
+neither, and I told them so. It is always my habit here in Pellucidar to
+impress upon these savage people that mercy is as noble a quality as physical
+bravery, and that next to the men who fight shoulder to shoulder with one, we
+should honor the brave men who fight against us, and if we are victorious,
+award them both the mercy and honor that are their due.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+By adhering to this policy I have won to the federation many great and noble
+peoples, who under the ancient traditions of the inner world would have been
+massacred or enslaved after we had conquered them; and thus I won the Luanians.
+I gave them their freedom, and returned their weapons to them after they had
+sworn loyalty to me and friendship and peace with Ja, and I made the old
+fellow, who had had the good sense to surrender, king of Luana, for both the
+old chief and his only son had died in the battle.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+When I sailed away from Luana she was included among the kingdoms of the
+empire, whose boundaries were thus pushed eastward several hundred miles.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+We now returned to Anoroc and thence to the mainland, where I again took up the
+campaign against the Mahars, marching from one great buried city to another
+until we had passed far north of Amoz into a country where I had never been. At
+each city we were victorious, killing or capturing the Sagoths and driving the
+Mahars further away.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I noticed that they always fled toward the north. The Sagoth prisoners we
+usually found quite ready to trans-fer their allegiance to us, for they are
+little more than brutes, and when they found that we could fill their stomachs
+and give them plenty of fighting, they were nothing loath to march with us
+against the next Mahar city and battle with men of their own race.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Thus we proceeded, swinging in a great half-circle north and west and south
+again until we had come back to the edge of the Lidi Plains north of Thuria.
+Here we overcame the Mahar city that had ravaged the Land of Awful Shadow for
+so many ages. When we marched on to Thuria, Goork and his people went mad with
+joy at the tidings we brought them.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+During this long march of conquest we had passed through seven countries,
+peopled by primitive human tribes who had not yet heard of the federation, and
+succeeded in joining them all to the empire. It was noticeable that each of
+these peoples had a Mahar city situated near by, which had drawn upon them for
+slaves and human food for so many ages that not even in legend had the
+population any folk-tale which did not in some degree reflect an inherent
+terror of the reptilians.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In each of these countries I left an officer and warriors to train them in
+military discipline, and prepare them to receive the arms that I intended
+furnishing them as rapidly as Perry’s arsenal could turn them out, for we felt
+that it would be a long, long time before we should see the last of the Mahars.
+That they had flown north but temporarily until we should be gone with our
+great army and terrifying guns I was positive, and equally sure was I that they
+would presently return.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The task of ridding Pellucidar of these hideous creatures is one which in all
+probability will never be entirely completed, for their great cities must
+abound by the hundreds and thousands in the far-distant lands that no subject
+of the empire has ever laid eyes upon.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But within the present boundaries of my domain there are now none left that I
+know of, for I am sure we should have heard indirectly of any great Mahar city
+that had escaped us, although of course the imperial army has by no means
+covered the vast area which I now rule.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+After leaving Thuria we returned to Sari, where the seat of government is
+located. Here, upon a vast, fertile plateau, overlooking the great gulf that
+runs into the continent from the Lural Az, we are building the great city of
+Sari. Here we are erecting mills and factories. Here we are teaching men and
+women the rudiments of agriculture. Here Perry has built the first
+printing-press, and a dozen young Sarians are teaching their fellows to read
+and write the language of Pellucidar.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+We have just laws and only a few of them. Our people are happy because they are
+always working at something which they enjoy. There is no money, nor is any
+money value placed upon any commodity. Perry and I were as one in resolving
+that the root of all evil should not be introduced into Pellucidar while we
+lived.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+A man may exchange that which he produces for something which he desires that
+another has produced; but he cannot dispose of the thing he thus acquires. In
+other words, a commodity ceases to have pecuniary value the instant that it
+passes out of the hands of its producer. All excess reverts to government; and,
+as this represents the production of the people as a government, government may
+dispose of it to other peoples in exchange for that which they produce. Thus we
+are establishing a trade between kingdoms, the profits from which go to the
+betterment of the people—to building factories for the manufacture of
+agricultural implements, and machinery for the various trades we are gradually
+teaching the people.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Already Anoroc and Luana are vying with one another in the excellence of the
+ships they build. Each has several large ship-yards. Anoroc makes gunpowder and
+mines iron ore, and by means of their ships they carry on a very lucrative
+trade with Thuria, Sari, and Amoz. The Thurians breed lidi, which, having the
+strength and intelligence of an elephant, make excellent draft animals.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Around Sari and Amoz the men are domesticating the great striped antelope, the
+meat of which is most delicious. I am sure that it will not be long before they
+will have them broken to harness and saddle. The horses of Pellucidar are far
+too diminutive for such uses, some species of them being little larger than
+fox-terriers.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Dian and I live in a great palace overlooking the gulf. There is no glass in
+our windows, for we have no windows, the walls rising but a few feet above the
+floor-line, the rest of the space being open to the ceilings; but we have a
+roof to shade us from the perpetual noon-day sun. Perry and I decided to set a
+style in architecture that would not curse future generations with the white
+plague, so we have plenty of ventilation. Those of the people who prefer, still
+inhabit their caves, but many are building houses similar to ours.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+At Greenwich we have located a town and an observatory—though there is nothing
+to observe but the stationary sun directly overhead. Upon the edge of the Land
+of Awful Shadow is another observatory, from which the time is flashed by
+wireless to every corner of the empire twenty-four times a day. In addition to
+the wireless, we have a small telephone system in Sari. Everything is yet in
+the early stages of development; but with the science of the outer-world
+twentieth century to draw upon we are making rapid progress, and with all the
+faults and errors of the outer world to guide us clear of dangers, I think that
+it will not be long before Pellucidar will become as nearly a Utopia as one may
+expect to find this side of heaven.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Perry is away just now, laying out a railway-line from Sari to Amoz. There are
+immense anthracite coal-fields at the head of the gulf not far from Sari, and
+the railway will tap these. Some of his students are working on a locomotive
+now. It will be a strange sight to see an iron horse puffing through the
+primeval jungles of the stone age, while cave bears, saber-toothed tigers,
+mastodons and the countless other terrible creatures of the past look on from
+their tangled lairs in wide-eyed astonishment.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+We are very happy, Dian and I, and I would not return to the outer world for
+all the riches of all its princes. I am content here. Even without my imperial
+powers and honors I should be content, for have I not that greatest of all
+treasures, the love of a good woman—my wondrous empress, Dian the Beautiful?
+</p>
+
+</div><!--end chapter-->
+
+<div style='display:block; margin-top:4em'>*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK PELLUCIDAR ***</div>
+<div style='text-align:left'>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+Updated editions will replace the previous one&#8212;the old editions will
+be renamed.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright
+law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works,
+so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United
+States without permission and without paying copyright
+royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part
+of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project
+Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG&#8482;
+concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark,
+and may not be used if you charge for an eBook, except by following
+the terms of the trademark license, including paying royalties for use
+of the Project Gutenberg trademark. If you do not charge anything for
+copies of this eBook, complying with the trademark license is very
+easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose such as creation
+of derivative works, reports, performances and research. Project
+Gutenberg eBooks may be modified and printed and given away&#8212;you may
+do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks not protected
+by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the trademark
+license, especially commercial redistribution.
+</div>
+
+<div style='margin-top:1em; font-size:1.1em; text-align:center'>START: FULL LICENSE</div>
+<div style='text-align:center;font-size:0.9em'>THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE</div>
+<div style='text-align:center;font-size:0.9em'>PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+To protect the Project Gutenberg&#8482; mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase &#8220;Project
+Gutenberg&#8221;), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full
+Project Gutenberg&#8482; License available with this file or online at
+www.gutenberg.org/license.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'>
+Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg&#8482;
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or
+destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works in your
+possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a
+Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic work and you do not agree to be bound
+by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person
+or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.B. &#8220;Project Gutenberg&#8221; is a registered trademark. It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
+paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works if you follow the terms of this
+agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg&#8482;
+electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation (&#8220;the
+Foundation&#8221; or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection
+of Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works. Nearly all the individual
+works in the collection are in the public domain in the United
+States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the
+United States and you are located in the United States, we do not
+claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing,
+displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as
+all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope
+that you will support the Project Gutenberg&#8482; mission of promoting
+free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg&#8482;
+works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the
+Project Gutenberg&#8482; name associated with the work. You can easily
+comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the
+same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg&#8482; License when
+you share it without charge with others.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are
+in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States,
+check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this
+agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing,
+distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any
+other Project Gutenberg&#8482; work. The Foundation makes no
+representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any
+country other than the United States.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other
+immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg&#8482; License must appear
+prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg&#8482; work (any work
+on which the phrase &#8220;Project Gutenberg&#8221; appears, or with which the
+phrase &#8220;Project Gutenberg&#8221; is associated) is accessed, displayed,
+performed, viewed, copied or distributed:
+</div>
+
+<blockquote>
+ <div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+ This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most
+ other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
+ whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms
+ of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online
+ at <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a>. If you
+ are not located in the United States, you will have to check the laws
+ of the country where you are located before using this eBook.
+ </div>
+</blockquote>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic work is
+derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not
+contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the
+copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in
+the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are
+redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase &#8220;Project
+Gutenberg&#8221; associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply
+either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or
+obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg&#8482;
+trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any
+additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms
+will be linked to the Project Gutenberg&#8482; License for all works
+posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the
+beginning of this work.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg&#8482;
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg&#8482;.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg&#8482; License.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including
+any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access
+to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg&#8482; work in a format
+other than &#8220;Plain Vanilla ASCII&#8221; or other format used in the official
+version posted on the official Project Gutenberg&#8482; website
+(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense
+to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means
+of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original &#8220;Plain
+Vanilla ASCII&#8221; or other form. Any alternate format must include the
+full Project Gutenberg&#8482; License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg&#8482; works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works
+provided that:
+</div>
+
+<div style='margin-left:0.7em;'>
+ <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'>
+ &#8226; You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+ the use of Project Gutenberg&#8482; works calculated using the method
+ you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed
+ to the owner of the Project Gutenberg&#8482; trademark, but he has
+ agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project
+ Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid
+ within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are
+ legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty
+ payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project
+ Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in
+ Section 4, &#8220;Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg
+ Literary Archive Foundation.&#8221;
+ </div>
+
+ <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'>
+ &#8226; You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+ you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+ does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg&#8482;
+ License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all
+ copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue
+ all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg&#8482;
+ works.
+ </div>
+
+ <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'>
+ &#8226; You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of
+ any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+ electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
+ receipt of the work.
+ </div>
+
+ <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'>
+ &#8226; You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+ distribution of Project Gutenberg&#8482; works.
+ </div>
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project
+Gutenberg&#8482; electronic work or group of works on different terms than
+are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing
+from the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the manager of
+the Project Gutenberg&#8482; trademark. Contact the Foundation as set
+forth in Section 3 below.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.F.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project
+Gutenberg&#8482; collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg&#8482;
+electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may
+contain &#8220;Defects,&#8221; such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate
+or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
+intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or
+other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or
+cannot be read by your equipment.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the &#8220;Right
+of Replacement or Refund&#8221; described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg&#8482; trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg&#8482; electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium
+with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you
+with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in
+lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person
+or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second
+opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If
+the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing
+without further opportunities to fix the problem.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you &#8216;AS-IS&#8217;, WITH NO
+OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
+LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of
+damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement
+violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the
+agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or
+limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or
+unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the
+remaining provisions.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works in
+accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the
+production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg&#8482;
+electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses,
+including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of
+the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this
+or any Project Gutenberg&#8482; work, (b) alteration, modification, or
+additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg&#8482; work, and (c) any
+Defect you cause.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'>
+Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg&#8482;
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+Project Gutenberg&#8482; is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of
+computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It
+exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations
+from people in all walks of life.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg&#8482;&#8217;s
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg&#8482; collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg&#8482; and future
+generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see
+Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at www.gutenberg.org.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'>
+Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non-profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service. The Foundation&#8217;s EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by
+U.S. federal laws and your state&#8217;s laws.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+The Foundation&#8217;s business office is located at 809 North 1500 West,
+Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up
+to date contact information can be found at the Foundation&#8217;s website
+and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'>
+Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+Project Gutenberg&#8482; depends upon and cannot survive without widespread
+public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine-readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
+DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular state
+visit <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org/donate/">www.gutenberg.org/donate</a>.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+Please check the Project Gutenberg web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To
+donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'>
+Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project
+Gutenberg&#8482; concept of a library of electronic works that could be
+freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and
+distributed Project Gutenberg&#8482; eBooks with only a loose network of
+volunteer support.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+Project Gutenberg&#8482; eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in
+the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not
+necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper
+edition.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+Most people start at our website which has the main PG search
+facility: <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a>.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+This website includes information about Project Gutenberg&#8482;,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+</div>
+
+</div>
+
+</body>
+
+</html>
+
diff --git a/605-h/images/cover.jpg b/605-h/images/cover.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..94e28d8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/605-h/images/cover.jpg
Binary files differ